]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
; Merge branch 'fix/no-undo-boundary-on-secondary-buffer-change'
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22026 25907 631502 692000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22011 58553
69 ;;;;;; 865858 469000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22011 58553
100 ;;;;;; 869858 469000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22011 58554 85858
112 ;;;;;; 469000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22011 58553
242 ;;;;;; 345858 469000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21998 46516 830024 649000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22015 55603 653705 321000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21998
841 ;;;;;; 46516 830024 649000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22011 58553 761858
900 ;;;;;; 469000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
922 ;;;;;; 720000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21952 37178 110214
955 ;;;;;; 961000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22011
982 ;;;;;; 58553 873858 469000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21998 46516 878024
1019 ;;;;;; 649000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21998 46516 834024
1041 ;;;;;; 649000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22027 46774 644310
1157 ;;;;;; 591000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21906 58826
1249 ;;;;;; 78640 200000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1456 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22067
1484 ;;;;;; 17342 158157 143000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1497 ;;;;;; 725000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1558 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21980 16567 365544
1569 ;;;;;; 893000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21935
1608 ;;;;;; 28080 450075 956000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22065 61995 826407
1660 ;;;;;; 852000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21955 13362 292569 401000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1787 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22026 25907 487502
1806 ;;;;;; 692000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1842 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22011 58554
1879 ;;;;;; 41858 469000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1982 ;;;;;; 720000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2007 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22011 58553 109858
2127 ;;;;;; 469000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2151
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2155
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2165
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2174
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2225
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2236
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2248
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2255
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2263
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2283
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2290
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2294
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2304
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2313
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317
2318 ;;;***
2319 \f
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21993 28596
2321 ;;;;;; 198597 473000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2367 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 Passes any ARGS to the browser function.
2372 The default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373
2374 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2375
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2378 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2379 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2380 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2381
2382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2383
2384 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2385 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2386 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2387 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2388 says which browser to use.
2389
2390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2391
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2393 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2394 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2395 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2396
2397 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2398
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2402 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2403
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2410 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2411 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2412
2413 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2414 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415
2416 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417
2418 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2419
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2423 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2424
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2427 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2428 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429
2430 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2431 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2432 new tab in an existing window instead.
2433
2434 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2435 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2442 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2443
2444 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2445 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2446 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447
2448 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2449 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2450 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2451
2452 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2453 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2460 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2461 Chromium.
2462
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2468 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2469
2470 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2471 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2472 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2473 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474
2475 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2476 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2477 new tab in an existing window instead.
2478
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483
2484 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2485
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2488
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2493 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2494 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2495
2496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2497 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2498 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2499 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505
2506 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2507
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2510
2511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2513 program is invoked according to the variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2515
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525
2526 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2527
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point.
2531
2532 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2533 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2534 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2535
2536 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2537 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2538 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2539 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543
2544 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545
2546 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2547
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2550 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2551 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2552
2553 When called interactively, if variable
2554 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2555 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2556 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2557 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2558
2559 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2560 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2561 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2562
2563 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2564 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2565
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2567
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2570 Default to the URL around or before point.
2571
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2574 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575
2576 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2577 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2580
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2582 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2583 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2584 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2585
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2587
2588 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2591 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2592 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2593 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2594 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2595 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2596
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2601 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2602 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2603 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2604
2605 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2606 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2607 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2608 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2609
2610 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2611 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2612
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2614
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2616 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2617 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2618 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2619 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2620 current one.
2621
2622 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2623 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2624 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2625 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2626
2627 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2628 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2629
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2631
2632 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2633 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2634 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2635 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2636 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2637 don't offer a form of remote control.
2638
2639 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2640
2641 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2642 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2643 Default to the URL around or before point.
2644
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2648 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2649 Default to the URL around the point.
2650
2651 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2652 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2653
2654 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2655 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2656
2657 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2658
2659 ;;;***
2660 \f
2661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21998 46516 834024 649000))
2662 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2663 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2664
2665 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2666 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2667 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2668 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2669
2670 \(fn)" t nil)
2671
2672 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2673 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2674 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2675 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2676
2677 \(fn)" t nil)
2678
2679 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2680 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2681
2682 \(fn)" t nil)
2683
2684 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2685 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2686 \\<bs-mode-map>
2687 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2688 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2689 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2690 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2691
2692 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2693 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2694 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2695 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2696 name of buffer configuration.
2697
2698 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2699
2700 ;;;***
2701 \f
2702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22026 25907 631502
2703 ;;;;;; 692000))
2704 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2705
2706 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2707 Play Bubbles game.
2708 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2709 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2710 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2711 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2712 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2713 columns on its right towards the left.
2714
2715 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2716 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2717 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2718 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2719
2720 \(fn)" t nil)
2721
2722 ;;;***
2723 \f
2724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2725 ;;;;;; (21980 16567 993544 893000))
2726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2727
2728 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2729
2730 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2731 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2733 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2734 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2735
2736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2737
2738 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2739 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2740
2741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2742
2743 ;;;***
2744 \f
2745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22067
2746 ;;;;;; 17342 138157 143000))
2747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2748 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2749 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2750 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2751
2752 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2753
2754 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2755 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2756 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2757 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2758 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2759 else the global value will be modified.
2760
2761 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2762
2763 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2764 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2765 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2766 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2767 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2768 else the global value will be modified.
2769
2770 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2771
2772 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2773 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2774 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2775
2776 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2777
2778 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2779 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2780 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2781 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2782
2783 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2784 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2785 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2786 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2787 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2788 before scanning it.
2789
2790 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2791 that already has a `.elc' file.
2792
2793 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2794 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2795
2796 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2797 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2798 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2799 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2800 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2801 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2802
2803 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2804
2805 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2806 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2807 Print the result in the echo area.
2808 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2809
2810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2811
2812 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2813 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2814 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2815
2816 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2817
2818 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2819 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2820 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2821 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2822 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2823 all functions called by those functions.
2824
2825 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2826 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2827 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2828
2829 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2830 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2831 invoked interactively.
2832
2833 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2834
2835 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2836 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2837 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2838 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2839
2840 \(fn)" nil nil)
2841
2842 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2843 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2844 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2845 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2846 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2847 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2848 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2849 already up-to-date.
2850
2851 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2852
2853 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2854 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2855 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2856 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2857
2858 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2859 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2860 and corresponding effects.
2861
2862 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2867 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2869
2870 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2871
2872 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21990 52406
2877 ;;;;;; 468500 385000))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2879
2880 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2881
2882 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2883
2884 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2885
2886 ;;;***
2887 \f
2888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21993
2889 ;;;;;; 28595 970597 473000))
2890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2891
2892 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2893 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2894 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2895 from the cursor position.
2896
2897 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2898
2899 ;;;***
2900 \f
2901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22039 37934 737599 199000))
2902 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2903 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2904
2905 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2907
2908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2909
2910 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2911 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2912
2913 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914
2915 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2917
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2919
2920 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2921 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2922 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2923 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2924
2925 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2926
2927 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2928 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2929 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2930 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2931
2932 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2935 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2936 This is most useful in the X window system.
2937 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2938 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2939
2940 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2941
2942 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2943 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2944 See calc-keypad for details.
2945
2946 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2947
2948 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2949 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2950
2951 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2952
2953 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2954 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2955
2956 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2957
2958 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2959 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2960
2961 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2962
2963 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2964 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2965 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2966
2967 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2968
2969 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2970 Define Calc function.
2971
2972 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2973 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2974 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2975
2976 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2977 actual Lisp function name.
2978
2979 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2980
2981 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2982
2983 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2984
2985 ;;;***
2986 \f
2987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21670 32330
2988 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2989 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2990
2991 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2992
2993
2994 \(fn N)" t nil)
2995
2996 ;;;***
2997 \f
2998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21993 28595 966597
2999 ;;;;;; 473000))
3000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3001
3002 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3003 Run the Emacs calculator.
3004 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3005
3006 \(fn)" t nil)
3007
3008 ;;;***
3009 \f
3010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22042 14122
3011 ;;;;;; 205169 136000))
3012 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3013
3014 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3015 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3016 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3017 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3018 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3019 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3020
3021 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3022 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3023 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3024 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3025 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3026 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3027 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3028 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3029 window.
3030
3031 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3032 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3033
3034 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3035 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3036 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3037 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3038 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3039 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3040
3041 Runs the following hooks:
3042
3043 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3044 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3045 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3046 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3047
3048 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3049
3050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3051
3052 ;;;***
3053 \f
3054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21852 24381 567240
3055 ;;;;;; 49000))
3056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3057
3058 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3059 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3060
3061 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3062
3063 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3064 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3065 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3066 it fails.
3067
3068 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3069
3070 ;;;***
3071 \f
3072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22011
3073 ;;;;;; 58553 881858 469000))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3075
3076 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3077 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3078
3079 \(fn)" nil nil)
3080
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21976 19510
3084 ;;;;;; 84430 241000))
3085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3086
3087 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3088 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3089
3090 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3091 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3092
3093 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3094 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3095
3096 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3097
3098 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3099 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3100 made from scratch.
3101
3102 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3103
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3105 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3106
3107 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3108 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3109 made from scratch.
3110
3111 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3112
3113 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3114 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3115
3116 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3117
3118 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3119 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3120 made from scratch.
3121
3122 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123
3124 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3125 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3126
3127 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3128 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3129 made from scratch.
3130
3131 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132
3133 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3134 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3135
3136 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137
3138 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3139 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3140 made from scratch.
3141
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3146
3147 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3148 variables are guessed:
3149
3150 * `c-basic-offset', and
3151 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3152 `c-offsets-alist'.
3153
3154 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3155 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3156
3157 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3158 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3159
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3162 guess is made from scratch.
3163
3164 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3165 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3166
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3168
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3171 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3172 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3173
3174 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3175 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3176 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3177
3178 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3179
3180 ;;;***
3181 \f
3182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22040 58794
3183 ;;;;;; 688259 771000))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3185
3186 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3187 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3188 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3189 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3190 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3191 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3192 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3193
3194 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3203
3204 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3205 Major mode for editing C code.
3206
3207 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3208 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3209 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3210 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3211
3212 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3213
3214 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3215 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3216
3217 Key bindings:
3218 \\{c-mode-map}
3219
3220 \(fn)" t nil)
3221
3222 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3223 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3224 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3225 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3226 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3227 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3228 message.
3229
3230 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3231
3232 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3233 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3234
3235 Key bindings:
3236 \\{c++-mode-map}
3237
3238 \(fn)" t nil)
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3240
3241 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3242 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3243 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3244 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3245 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3246 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3247 message.
3248
3249 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250
3251 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3252 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3253
3254 Key bindings:
3255 \\{objc-mode-map}
3256
3257 \(fn)" t nil)
3258 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3259
3260 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3261 Major mode for editing Java code.
3262 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3263 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3264 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3265 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3266 message.
3267
3268 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3269
3270 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3271 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3272
3273 Key bindings:
3274 \\{java-mode-map}
3275
3276 \(fn)" t nil)
3277 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3278
3279 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3280 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3281 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3282 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3283 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3284 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3285 message.
3286
3287 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288
3289 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3290 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3291
3292 Key bindings:
3293 \\{idl-mode-map}
3294
3295 \(fn)" t nil)
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3297 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3298
3299 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3300 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3301 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3302 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3303 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3304 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3305 message.
3306
3307 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3308
3309 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3310 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3311
3312 Key bindings:
3313 \\{pike-mode-map}
3314
3315 \(fn)" t nil)
3316 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3317 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3320 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3321
3322 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3323 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3324 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3325 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3326 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3327 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3328
3329 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3330
3331 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3332 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3333
3334 Key bindings:
3335 \\{awk-mode-map}
3336
3337 \(fn)" t nil)
3338
3339 ;;;***
3340 \f
3341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21976
3342 ;;;;;; 19510 104430 241000))
3343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3344
3345 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3346 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3347 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3348 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3349
3350 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3351
3352 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3353 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3354 might get set too.
3355
3356 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3357 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3358 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3359 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3360 in this way.
3361
3362 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3363 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3364 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3365 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3366 a null operation.
3367
3368 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3369
3370 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3371 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3372 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3373 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3374
3375 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3376
3377 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3378 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3379 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3380
3381 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3382
3383 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3384 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3385 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3386 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3387 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3388
3389 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3390
3391 ;;;***
3392 \f
3393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22011 58553
3394 ;;;;;; 885858 469000))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3396 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3397 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3398 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3399
3400 ;;;***
3401 \f
3402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22064 41137 985468
3403 ;;;;;; 395000))
3404 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3405
3406 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3407 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3408
3409 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3410
3411 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3412 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3413
3414 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3415
3416 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3417 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3418
3419 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3420 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3421 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3422 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3423 execution.
3424
3425 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3426
3427 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3428
3429 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3430 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3431
3432 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3433 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3434 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3435 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3436
3437 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3438 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3439 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3440 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3441 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3442 `write' commands.
3443
3444 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3445 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3446 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3447 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3448
3449 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3450 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3451 semantics.
3452
3453 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3454
3455 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3456
3457 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3458
3459 STATEMENT :=
3460 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3461 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3462
3463 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3464 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3465 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3466 | integer
3467
3468 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3469
3470 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3471 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3472 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3473
3474 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3475 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3476 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3477
3478 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3479
3480 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3481 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3482 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3483 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3484 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3485 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3486 ;; last STATEMENT.
3487 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3488
3489 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3490 BREAK := (break)
3491
3492 REPEAT :=
3493 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3494 (repeat)
3495 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3496 ;; (repeat))
3497 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3498 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3499 ;; (read REG)
3500 ;; (repeat))
3501 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3502 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3503 ;; (read REG)
3504 ;; (repeat))
3505 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3506
3507 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3508 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3509 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3510 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3511 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3512 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3513 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3514 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3515 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3516 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3517 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3518 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3519 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3520 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3521 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3522 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3523
3524 WRITE :=
3525 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3526 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3527 ;; representation.
3528 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3529 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3530 ;; (write r7))
3531 | (write EXPRESSION)
3532 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3533 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3534 ;; representation.
3535 | (write integer)
3536 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3537 ;; buffer.
3538 | (write string)
3539 ;; Same as: (write string)
3540 | string
3541 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3542 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3543 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3544 ;; representation.
3545 | (write REG ARRAY)
3546 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3547 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3548 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3549 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3550 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3551 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3552
3553 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3554 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3555
3556 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3557 END := (end)
3558
3559 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3560 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3561 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3562
3563 ARG := REG | integer
3564
3565 OPERATOR :=
3566 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3567 + | - | * | / | %
3568
3569 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3570 | & | `|' | ^
3571
3572 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3573 | << | >>
3574
3575 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3576 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3577 | <8
3578
3579 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3580 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3581 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3582 | >8
3583
3584 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3585 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3586 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3587 | //
3588
3589 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3590 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3591
3592 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3593 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3594 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3595 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3596 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3597 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3598 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3599 | de-sjis
3600
3601 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3602 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3603 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3604 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3605 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3606 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3607 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3608 ;; byte of SJIS.
3609 | en-sjis
3610
3611 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3612 ;; Same meaning as C code
3613 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3614
3615 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3616 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3617 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3618 | <8=
3619
3620 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3621 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3622 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3623
3624 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3625 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3626 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3627 | //=
3628
3629 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3630
3631
3632 TRANSLATE :=
3633 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3634 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3635 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3636 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3637 ;; respectively.
3638 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3639 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3640 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3641 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3642
3643 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3644 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3645 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3646
3647 LOOKUP :=
3648 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3649 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3650 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3651 ;; respectively.
3652 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3653 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3654 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3655
3656 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3657 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3658 ;; REG.
3659 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3660 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3661 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3662
3663 MAP :=
3664 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3665 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3666 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3667 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3668
3669 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3670 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3671 MAP-ID := integer
3672
3673 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3674
3675 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3676
3677 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3678 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3679 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3680 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3681 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3682 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3683
3684 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3685
3686 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3687 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3688 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3689
3690 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3691
3692 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3693
3694 ;;;***
3695 \f
3696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22026 25907
3697 ;;;;;; 559502 692000))
3698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3699
3700 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3701 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3702 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3703 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3704
3705 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3706
3707 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3708
3709 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3710 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3711
3712 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3713
3714 ;;;***
3715 \f
3716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3717 ;;;;;; 725000))
3718 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3719 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3720
3721 ;;;***
3722 \f
3723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22011 58553
3724 ;;;;;; 889858 469000))
3725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3726 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3727
3728 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3729 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3730 There are no special keybindings by default.
3731
3732 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3733 to the action header.
3734
3735 \(fn)" t nil)
3736
3737 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3738 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3739 There are no special keybindings by default.
3740
3741 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3742 to the action header.
3743
3744 \(fn)" t nil)
3745
3746 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3747 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3748
3749 \(fn)" t nil)
3750
3751 ;;;***
3752 \f
3753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (22068
3754 ;;;;;; 38191 905155 451000))
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3756
3757 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3758 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3759 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3760 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3761 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3762
3763 \(fn STRING &optional LAX)" nil nil)
3764
3765 ;;;***
3766 \f
3767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21998 46516
3768 ;;;;;; 978024 649000))
3769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3770 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3771
3772 ;;;***
3773 \f
3774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3775 ;;;;;; (22011 58553 361858 469000))
3776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3777
3778 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3779 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3780 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3781
3782 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3783
3784 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3785 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3786 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3787
3788 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3789
3790 ;;;***
3791 \f
3792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22002
3793 ;;;;;; 43570 516887 749000))
3794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3795 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3796 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3797 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3798 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3799 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3800 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3801 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3802 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3803 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3804
3805 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3806 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3807
3808 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3809 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3810 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3811
3812 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3813 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3814 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3815 the users will view as each check is completed.
3816
3817 \(fn)" t nil)
3818
3819 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3820 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3821 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3822 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3823 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3824 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3825 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3826 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3827
3828 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3829
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3831 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3832 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3833 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3834 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3835 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3836 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3837 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3838
3839 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3840
3841 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3842 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3843 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3844 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3845 spacing are all verified.
3846
3847 \(fn)" t nil)
3848
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3850 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3851 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3852 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3853 otherwise stop after the first error.
3854
3855 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3856
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3858 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3859
3860 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3861
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3863 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3864 Only documentation strings are checked.
3865 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3866 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3867 a separate buffer.
3868
3869 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3870
3871 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3872 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3873 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3874 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3875 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3876
3877 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3878
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3880 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3881 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3882 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3883 if there is one.
3884
3885 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3886
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3888 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3889 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3890 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3891 if there is one.
3892 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3893
3894 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3895
3896 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3897 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3898 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3899
3900 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3901
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3903 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3904 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3905 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3906 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3907
3908 \(fn)" t nil)
3909
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3911 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3912 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3913 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3914 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3915 space at the end of each line.
3916
3917 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3918
3919 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3920 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3921 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3922 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3923
3924 \(fn)" t nil)
3925
3926 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3927 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3928 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3929 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3930
3931 \(fn)" t nil)
3932
3933 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3934 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3935 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3936 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3937
3938 \(fn)" t nil)
3939
3940 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3941 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3942 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3943 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3944
3945 \(fn)" t nil)
3946
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3948 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3949 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3950 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3951
3952 \(fn)" t nil)
3953
3954 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3955 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3956 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3957 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3958
3959 \(fn)" t nil)
3960
3961 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3962 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3963 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3964 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3965
3966 \(fn)" t nil)
3967
3968 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3969 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3970 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3971 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3972
3973 \(fn)" t nil)
3974
3975 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3976 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3977 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3978 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3979
3980 \(fn)" t nil)
3981
3982 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3983 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3987
3988 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3989 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3990 checking of documentation strings.
3991
3992 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3993
3994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3995
3996 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
3997 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
3998
3999 \(fn)" t nil)
4000
4001 ;;;***
4002 \f
4003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
4004 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
4005 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4006
4007 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4008 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4009 Return the length of resulting text.
4010
4011 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4012
4013 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4014 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4015
4016 \(fn)" t nil)
4017
4018 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4019 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4020 Return the length of resulting text.
4021
4022 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4023
4024 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4025 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4026
4027 \(fn)" t nil)
4028
4029 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4030
4031
4032 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4033
4034 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4035
4036
4037 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4038
4039 ;;;***
4040 \f
4041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
4042 ;;;;;; 725000))
4043 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4044
4045 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4046 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4047 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4048 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4049 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4050 editing and the result is evaluated.
4051
4052 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4053
4054 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4055 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4056 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4057 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4058 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4059
4060 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4061
4062 \(fn)" t nil)
4063
4064 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4065 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4066 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4067 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4068 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4069
4070 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4071 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4072 \\{command-history-map}
4073
4074 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4075 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4076
4077 \(fn)" t nil)
4078
4079 ;;;***
4080 \f
4081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21901
4082 ;;;;;; 9907 369083 895000))
4083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4084
4085 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4086 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4087 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4088 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4089 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4090 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4091 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4092 of this function.
4093
4094 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4095 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4096 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4097 property are:
4098
4099 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4100 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4101
4102 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4103 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4104 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4105 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4106 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4107 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4108 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4109 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4110 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4111 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4112 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4113 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4114
4115 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4116 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4117 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4118
4119 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4120 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4121 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4122 list elements are:
4123
4124 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4125
4126 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4127
4128 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4129
4130 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4131 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4132
4133 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4134 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4135
4136 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4137 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4138 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4139 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4140 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4141 value specified by their associated list element.
4142
4143 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4144
4145 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4146 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4147 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4148
4149 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4150 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4151 * indent the first argument by 4.
4152 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4153 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4154 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4155
4156 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4157 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4158 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4159 instead.
4160
4161 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4162
4163 ;;;***
4164 \f
4165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21903 51634
4166 ;;;;;; 278370 580000))
4167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4168 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4169
4170 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4171
4172 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4173 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4174 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4175 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4176 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4177 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4178
4179 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4180 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4181
4182 ;;;***
4183 \f
4184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22026 25907
4185 ;;;;;; 631502 692000))
4186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4187
4188 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4189 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4190 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4191 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4192
4193 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4194 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4195 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4196 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4197
4198 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4199 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4200
4201 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4202
4203 ;;;***
4204 \f
4205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22011 58553 281858
4206 ;;;;;; 469000))
4207 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4208
4209 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4210 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4211 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4212 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4213 of `scheme-program-name').
4214 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4215 it is given as initial input.
4216 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4217 discards input when it starts up.
4218 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4219 is run).
4220 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4221
4222 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4223
4224 ;;;***
4225 \f
4226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22055 26158 710447 352000))
4227 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4228
4229 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4230 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4231 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4232 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4233
4234 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4235 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4236
4237 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4238 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4239 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4240
4241 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4242
4243 ;;;***
4244 \f
4245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22011 58553 293858 469000))
4246 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4247
4248 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4249 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4250 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4251 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4252 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4253 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4254 functions have already modified the buffer.
4255
4256 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4257
4258 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4259 either globally or locally.")
4260
4261 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4262 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4263 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4264 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4265
4266 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4267 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4268 `start-file-process'
4269 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4270 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4271 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4272
4273 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4274 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4275
4276 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4277
4278 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4279
4280 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4281
4282 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4283 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4284 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4285 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4286 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4287 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4288 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4289 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4290 process as its initial input.
4291
4292 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4293
4294 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4295
4296 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4297
4298 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4299 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4300 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4301 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4302 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4303 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4304
4305 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4306
4307 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4308
4309 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4310 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4311 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4312 directory tracking functions.")
4313
4314 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4315 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4316 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4317
4318 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4319
4320 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4321
4322 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4323 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4324 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4325
4326 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4327
4328 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4329
4330 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4331 Send COMMAND to current process.
4332 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4333 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4334
4335 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4336
4337 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4338 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4339 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4340 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4341
4342 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4343
4344 ;;;***
4345 \f
4346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21872 61770
4347 ;;;;;; 310089 300000))
4348 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4349
4350 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4351 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4352 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4353 to get another window.
4354
4355 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4356 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4357
4358 This command pushes the mark in each window
4359 at the prior location of point in that window.
4360 If both windows display the same buffer,
4361 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4362 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4363
4364 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4365 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4366 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4367 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4368 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4369 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4370 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4371 ignored.
4372
4373 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4374 this command work in interlaced mode:
4375 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4376 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4377 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4378
4379 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4380
4381 ;;;***
4382 \f
4383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22032 64681
4384 ;;;;;; 370838 183000))
4385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4386
4387 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4388 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4389
4390 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4391
4392 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4393 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4394 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4395
4396 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4397
4398 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4399 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4400 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4401
4402 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4403
4404 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4405 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4406 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4407 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4408 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4409
4410 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4411 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4412 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4413 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4414 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4415
4416 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4417 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4418 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4419 describing how the process finished.")
4420
4421 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4422 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4423 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4424 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4425 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4426
4427 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4428 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4429 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4430
4431 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4432
4433 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4434 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4435 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4436 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4437
4438 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4439
4440 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4441 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4442
4443 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4444 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4445
4446 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4447 (lambda ()
4448 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4449 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4450 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4451 (concat \"make -k \"
4452 (if buffer-file-name
4453 (shell-quote-argument
4454 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4455
4456 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4457 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4458
4459 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4460 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4461 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4462 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4463
4464 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4465
4466 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4467 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4468 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4469 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4470
4471 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4472 and move to the source code that caused it.
4473
4474 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4475 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4476
4477 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4478 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4479 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4480 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4481 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4482
4483 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4484 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4485 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4486 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4487
4488 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4489 kills its subprocesses.
4490
4491 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4492 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4493 to a function that generates a unique name.
4494
4495 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4496
4497 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4498 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4499 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4500 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4501
4502 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4503 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4504
4505 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4506 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4507 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4508 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4509
4510 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4511 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4512 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4513
4514 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4515
4516 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4517
4518 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4519 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4520 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4521 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4522 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4523
4524 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4525
4526 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4527
4528 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4529
4530 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4531
4532 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4533 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4534 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4535 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4536 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4537
4538 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4539 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4540 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4541 See `compilation-mode'.
4542
4543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4544
4545 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4546 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4548 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4549 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4550
4551 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4552 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4553 `compilation-mode'.
4554
4555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4556
4557 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4558 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4559 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4560
4561 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4562
4563 ;;;***
4564 \f
4565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21804 59688 154807
4566 ;;;;;; 989000))
4567 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4568
4569 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4570 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4571 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4574 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4575
4576 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4577
4578 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4579 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4580 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4581 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4582 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4583
4584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4585
4586 ;;;***
4587 \f
4588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22026
4589 ;;;;;; 25907 647502 692000))
4590 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4591
4592 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4593 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4594 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4595 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4596 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4597 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4598 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4599
4600 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4601 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4602 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4603
4604 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4605 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4606 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4607
4608 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4609 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4610 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4611 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4612
4613 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4614 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4615 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4616 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4617 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4618 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4619 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4620
4621 \\{conf-mode-map}
4622
4623 \(fn)" t nil)
4624
4625 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4626 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4627 Comments start with `#'.
4628 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4629
4630 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4631
4632 \[Desktop Entry]
4633 Encoding=UTF-8
4634 Name=The GIMP
4635 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4636 Name[cs]=GIMP
4637
4638 \(fn)" t nil)
4639
4640 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4641 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4642 Comments start with `;'.
4643 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4644
4645 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4646
4647 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4648 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4649 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4650
4651 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4652 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4653
4654 \(fn)" t nil)
4655
4656 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4657 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4658 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4659 between `/*' and `*/'.
4660 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4661
4662 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4663 // another kind of comment
4664 /* yet another */
4665
4666 name:value
4667 name=value
4668 name value
4669 x.1 =
4670 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4671 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4672
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4674
4675 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4676 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4677 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4678 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4679 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4680 `conf-space-keywords'.
4681 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4682 in an interactive fashion instead.
4683
4684 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4685
4686 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4687
4688 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4689 image/png png
4690 image/tiff tiff tif
4691
4692 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4693 class desktop
4694 # Standard multimedia devices
4695 add /dev/audio desktop
4696 add /dev/mixer desktop
4697
4698 \(fn)" t nil)
4699
4700 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4701 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4702 See `conf-space-mode'.
4703
4704 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4705
4706 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4707 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4708 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4709 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4710
4711 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4712
4713 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4714 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4715
4716 \(fn)" t nil)
4717
4718 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4719 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4720 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4721 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4722
4723 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4724
4725 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4726 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4727
4728 \(fn)" t nil)
4729
4730 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4731 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4732 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4733 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4734
4735 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4736
4737 *background: gray99
4738 *foreground: black
4739
4740 \(fn)" t nil)
4741
4742 ;;;***
4743 \f
4744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4745 ;;;;;; 720000))
4746 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4747
4748 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4749 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4750 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4751 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4752 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4753 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4754
4755 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4756
4757 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4758 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4759 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4760 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4761
4762 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4763
4764 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4765 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4766 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4767 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4768
4769 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4770
4771 ;;;***
4772 \f
4773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22026
4774 ;;;;;; 25907 575502 692000))
4775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4776 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4777 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4778 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4779
4780 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4781 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4782 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4783 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4784 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4785 following the copyright are updated as well.
4786 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4787 interactively.
4788
4789 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4790
4791 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4792 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4793 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4794 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4795 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4796
4797 \(fn)" t nil)
4798
4799 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4800 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4801
4802 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4803
4804 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4805 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4806 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4807
4808 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4809
4810 ;;;***
4811 \f
4812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22011
4813 ;;;;;; 58553 893858 469000))
4814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4815 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4816 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4817 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4818 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4819 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4820 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4821 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4822
4823 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4824 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4825 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4826 Tab indents for Perl code.
4827 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4828 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4829
4830 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4831 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4832 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4833 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4834 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4835 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4836 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4837 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4838 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4839 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4840 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4841 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4842
4843 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4844
4845 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4846 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4847
4848 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4849
4850 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4851 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4852 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4853 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4854 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4855 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4856 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4857 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4858 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4859
4860 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4861
4862 bite if angry;
4863
4864 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4865 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4866 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4867 to nil.)
4868
4869 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4870 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4871 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4872
4873 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4874
4875 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4876 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4877 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4878 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4879 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4880
4881 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4882
4883 if (A) { B }
4884
4885 into
4886
4887 B if A;
4888
4889 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4890
4891 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4892 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4893 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4894 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4895 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4896 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4897 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4898 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4899 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4900 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4901 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4902 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4903 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4904
4905 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4906 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4907 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4908 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4909 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4910 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4911
4912 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4913 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4914 man via menu.
4915
4916 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4917 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4918 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4919 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4920 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4921
4922 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4923 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4924 span the needed amount of lines.
4925
4926 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4927 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4928 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4929 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4930
4931 Variables controlling indentation style:
4932 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4933 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4934 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4935 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4936 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4937 `cperl-auto-newline'
4938 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4939 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4940 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4941 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4942 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4943 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4944 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4945 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4946 `cperl-indent-level'
4947 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4948 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4949 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4950 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4951 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4952 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4953 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4954 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4955 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4956 `cperl-brace-offset'
4957 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4958 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4959 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4960 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4961 `cperl-label-offset'
4962 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4963 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4964 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4965
4966 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4967 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4968 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4969 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4970 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4971 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4972
4973 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4974 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4975 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4976 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4977
4978 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4979 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4980 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4981 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4982 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4983 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4984 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4985
4986 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4987 column 0 is indented on
4988 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4989
4990 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4991 with no args.
4992
4993 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4994 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4995 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4996
4997 \(fn)" t nil)
4998
4999 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5000 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5001
5002 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5005 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5006
5007 \(fn)" t nil)
5008
5009 ;;;***
5010 \f
5011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21988 10682 33624
5012 ;;;;;; 461000))
5013 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5014
5015 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5016 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5017 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5018 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5019 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5020
5021 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5022
5023 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5024 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5025
5026 \(fn)" t nil)
5027
5028 ;;;***
5029 \f
5030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21980 16567 501544
5031 ;;;;;; 893000))
5032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5033
5034 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5035 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5036 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5037 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5038 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5039 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5040 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5041 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5042
5043 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5044 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5045
5046 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5047 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5048 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5049
5050 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5051 with empty strings removed.
5052
5053 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5054
5055 ;;;***
5056 \f
5057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22038 17067
5058 ;;;;;; 867243 731000))
5059 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5060
5061 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5062 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5063
5064 \(fn)" t nil)
5065 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5066
5067 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5068 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5069
5070 \(fn)" t nil)
5071
5072 ;;;***
5073 \f
5074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21990 52406
5075 ;;;;;; 528500 385000))
5076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5077
5078 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5079 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5080 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5083 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5084
5085 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5086
5087 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5088 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5090 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5091 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5092
5093 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5094 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5095 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5096 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5097 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5098 normal function of these prefix keys.
5099
5100 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5101 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5102 options:
5103 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5104 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5105 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5106
5107 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5108 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5109 the prefix fallback behavior.
5110
5111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5112
5113 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5114 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5115
5116 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5117
5118 ;;;***
5119 \f
5120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21670 32330
5121 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5122 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5123
5124 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5125 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5126 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5127
5128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5129
5130 ;;;***
5131 \f
5132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5133 ;;;;;; (22069 62806 562804 836000))
5134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5135
5136 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5137 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5138
5139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5140
5141 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5142 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5143 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5144 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5145 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5146 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5147 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5148
5149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5150
5151 ;;;***
5152 \f
5153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21993 28596 22597
5154 ;;;;;; 473000))
5155 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5156
5157 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5158 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5159
5160 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5161
5162 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5163 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5164
5165 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5166
5167 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5168 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5169
5170 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5171
5172 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5173 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5174
5175 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5176 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5177
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5179 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5180
5181 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5182
5183 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5184
5185 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5186 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5187 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5188
5189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5190 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5191
5192 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5193 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5194
5195 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5196 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5197
5198 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5199
5200 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5201
5202 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5203 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5204 Return VALUE.
5205
5206 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5207 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5208
5209 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5210 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5211
5212 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5213 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5214
5215 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5216
5217 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5218
5219 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5220 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5221 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5222 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5223
5224 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5225 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5226 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5227
5228 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5229
5230 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5231 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5232 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5233 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5234 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5235
5236 \(fn)" t nil)
5237
5238 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5239 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5240 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5241 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5242
5243 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5244
5245 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5247 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5248
5249 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5250
5251 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5252 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5253
5254 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5255
5256 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5257
5258 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5260
5261 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5262
5263 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5264
5265 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5267 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5268
5269 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5270
5271 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5272 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5273 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5274 as part of Emacs itself.
5275
5276 Each elements looks like this:
5277
5278 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5279
5280 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5281 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5282 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5283 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5284 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5285 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5286 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5287 and `defface'.
5288
5289 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5290
5291 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5292 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5293 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5294 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5295 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5296
5297 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5298 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5299 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5300 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5301
5302 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5303
5304 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5305 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5306 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5307 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5308 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5309 release.
5310
5311 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5312 that were added or redefined since that version.
5313
5314 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5315
5316 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5318 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5319 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5320
5321 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5322
5323 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5324 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5325
5326 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5327
5328 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5329 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5330 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5331
5332 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5333 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5334
5335 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5336
5337 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5339
5340 \(fn)" t nil)
5341
5342 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5343 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5344
5345 \(fn)" t nil)
5346
5347 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize all saved options and faces.
5349
5350 \(fn)" t nil)
5351
5352 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5354 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5355 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5356 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5357 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5358
5359 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5360 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5361 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5362
5363 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5364
5365 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5366 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5367
5368 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5369
5370 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5371 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5372
5373 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5374
5375 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5376 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5377
5378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5379
5380 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5381 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5382 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5383 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5384
5385 \(fn)" nil nil)
5386
5387 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5388 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5389 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5390 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5391 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5392 that option.
5393 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5394
5395 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5396
5397 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5398 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5399 The result includes selecting that window.
5400 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5401 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5402 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5403 that option.
5404
5405 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5406
5407 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5408 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5409
5410 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5411
5412 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5413 File used for storing customization information.
5414 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5415 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5416 it should be an absolute file name.
5417
5418 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5419 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5420 something like the following in your init file:
5421
5422 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5423 \(load custom-file)
5424
5425 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5426 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5427
5428 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5429 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5430 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5431 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5432 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5433
5434 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5435 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5436 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5437 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5438 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5439 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5440 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5441 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5442 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5443 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5444
5445 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5446
5447 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5448 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5449
5450 \(fn)" nil nil)
5451
5452 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5453 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5454
5455 \(fn)" t nil)
5456
5457 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5458 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5459 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5460
5461 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5462
5463 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5464 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5465 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5466 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5467 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5468
5469 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5470
5471 ;;;***
5472 \f
5473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21998 46516 910024
5474 ;;;;;; 649000))
5475 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5476
5477 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5478 Create or edit a custom theme.
5479 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5480 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5481 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5482 from the Custom save file.
5483 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5484 named *Custom Theme*.
5485
5486 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5487
5488 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5489 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5490
5491 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5492
5493 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5494 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5495
5496 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5497
5498 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5499 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5500 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5501 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5502
5503 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5504
5505 ;;;***
5506 \f
5507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22026 25907
5508 ;;;;;; 671502 692000))
5509 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5510
5511 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5512 Mode used for cvs status output.
5513
5514 \(fn)" t nil)
5515
5516 ;;;***
5517 \f
5518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5519 ;;;;;; 720000))
5520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5521 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5522
5523 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5524 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5525
5526 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5527
5528 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5529 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5530 C++ modes are included.
5531
5532 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5533 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5534 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5535
5536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5537
5538 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5539
5540 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5541 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5542 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5545 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5546
5547 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5548
5549 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5550 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5551 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5552 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5553 ARG is omitted or nil.
5554
5555 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5556 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5557 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5558
5559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5560
5561 ;;;***
5562 \f
5563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5564 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5566
5567 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5568 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5569
5570 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5571
5572 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5573 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5574
5575 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5576
5577 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5578 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5579 For readability, the table is slightly
5580 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5581
5582 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5583 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5584 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5585 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5586 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5587
5588 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5589
5590 ;;;***
5591 \f
5592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22011 58553 321858
5593 ;;;;;; 469000))
5594 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5595 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5596 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5597 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5598 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5599
5600 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5601 Completion on current word.
5602 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5603 and presents suggestions for completion.
5604
5605 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5606 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5607 completions.
5608
5609 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5610 then it searches *all* buffers.
5611
5612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5613
5614 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5615 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5616
5617 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5618 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5619 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5620 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5621 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5622
5623 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5624 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5625
5626 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5627 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5628 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5629
5630 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5631 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5632
5633 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5634
5635 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5636
5637 ;;;***
5638 \f
5639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21974 64192
5640 ;;;;;; 556009 993000))
5641 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5642
5643 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5644 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5645
5646 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5647
5648 ;;;***
5649 \f
5650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22011 58553 761858 469000))
5651 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5652
5653 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5654 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5655 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5656 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5657 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5658
5659 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5660
5661 ;;;***
5662 \f
5663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22011 58553
5664 ;;;;;; 897858 469000))
5665 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5666
5667 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5668 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5669
5670 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5671 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5672 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5673
5674 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5675 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5676 Data lines are not indented.
5677
5678 Key bindings:
5679
5680 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5681 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5682
5683 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5684 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5685 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5686 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5687
5688 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5689
5690 dcl-basic-offset
5691 Extra indentation within blocks.
5692
5693 dcl-continuation-offset
5694 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5695
5696 dcl-margin-offset
5697 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5698
5699 dcl-margin-label-offset
5700 Indentation for a label.
5701
5702 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5703 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5704
5705 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5706 dcl-block-end-regexp
5707 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5708 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5709 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5710 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5711 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5712
5713 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5714 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5715 Two such functions are included in the package:
5716 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5717 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5718
5719 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5720 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5721 One such function is included in the package:
5722 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5723
5724 dcl-tab-always-indent
5725 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5726 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5727 margin.
5728
5729 dcl-electric-characters
5730 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5731 typed.
5732
5733 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5734 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5735 which words trigger electric indentation.
5736
5737 dcl-tempo-comma
5738 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5739 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5740 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5741
5742 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5743 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5744 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5745 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5746
5747 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5748 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5749 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5750 dcl-imenu-label-call
5751 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5752
5753 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5754 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5755 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5756 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5757
5758
5759 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5760
5761 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5762 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5763 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5764 $ i = 1
5765 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5766 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5767 $ label:
5768 $ if i.eq.1
5769 $ then
5770 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5771 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5772 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5773 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5774 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5775 \"lined up with the command line\"
5776 $ type sys$input
5777 Data lines are not indented at all.
5778 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5779 $ endif
5780 $
5781
5782
5783 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5784 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5785
5786 \(fn)" t nil)
5787
5788 ;;;***
5789 \f
5790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21918 44225
5791 ;;;;;; 955204 84000))
5792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5793
5794 (setq debugger 'debug)
5795
5796 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5797 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5798 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5799 of the evaluator.
5800
5801 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5802 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5803 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5804
5805 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5806
5807 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5808 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5809
5810 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5811
5812 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5813 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5814 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5815 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5816 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5817 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5818
5819 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5820 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5821
5822 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5823
5824 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5825 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5826 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5827 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5828 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5829
5830 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5831
5832 ;;;***
5833 \f
5834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21948 40114
5835 ;;;;;; 398686 453000))
5836 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5837
5838 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5839 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5840
5841 \(fn)" t nil)
5842
5843 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5844 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5845 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5846 Upper-case letters are commands.
5847
5848 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5849 modify it.
5850
5851 The most useful commands are:
5852 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5853 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5854 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5855 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5856 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5857 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5858
5859 \(fn)" t nil)
5860
5861 ;;;***
5862 \f
5863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21980 16567 477544
5864 ;;;;;; 893000))
5865 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5866 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5867
5868 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5869 Customization of `columns' group.
5870
5871 \(fn)" t nil)
5872
5873 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5874 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5875
5876 START and END delimits the text region.
5877
5878 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5879
5880 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5881 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5882
5883 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5884
5885 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5886
5887 ;;;***
5888 \f
5889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21973 43315 242113 285000))
5890 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5891
5892 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5893
5894 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5895 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5896 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5897 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5898 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5899 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5900
5901 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5902
5903 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5904 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5905 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5906 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5907 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5908
5909 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5910 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5911 point regardless of any selection.
5912
5913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5914
5915 ;;;***
5916 \f
5917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21978 61237
5918 ;;;;;; 450488 269000))
5919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5920
5921 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5922 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5923
5924 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5925
5926 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5927 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5928 or nil if there is no parent.
5929 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5930 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5931 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5932 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5933 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5934
5935 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5936 arguments are currently understood:
5937 :group GROUP
5938 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5939 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5940 :syntax-table TABLE
5941 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5942 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5943 :abbrev-table TABLE
5944 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5945 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5946
5947 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5948
5949 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5950
5951 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5952 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5953 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5954
5955 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5956 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5957
5958 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5959 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5960 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5961
5962 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5963 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5964
5965 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5966 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5967
5968 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5969
5970 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5971
5972 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5973
5974 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5975
5976 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5977 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5978 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5979 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5980 the first time the mode is used.
5981
5982 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5983
5984 ;;;***
5985 \f
5986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21998 46516 914024
5987 ;;;;;; 649000))
5988 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5989
5990 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5991 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5992 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5993 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5994 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5995 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5996 otherwise.
5997
5998 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5999
6000 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6001 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6002 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6003 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6004
6005 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6006 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6007 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6008
6009 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6010 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6011 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6012 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6013 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6014 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6015 relevant to POS.
6016
6017 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6018
6019 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6020 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6021
6022 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6023 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6024 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6025 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6026 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6027 minibuffer window for width limit.
6028
6029 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6030 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6031
6032 \(fn)" nil nil)
6033
6034 ;;;***
6035 \f
6036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22026 25907 555502
6037 ;;;;;; 692000))
6038 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6039
6040 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6041 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6042 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6044 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6045 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6046
6047 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6048
6049 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6050 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6052 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6053 is omitted or nil.
6054
6055 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6056 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6057 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6058 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6059
6060 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6061 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6062
6063 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6064 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6065
6066 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6067
6068 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6069
6070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6071
6072 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6073 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6074 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6075 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6076
6077 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6078
6079 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6080 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6081
6082 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6083 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6084 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6085
6086 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6087 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6088
6089 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6090 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6091 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6092
6093 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6094 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6095 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6096 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6097
6098 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6099
6100 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6101 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6102
6103 Handlers are called with argument list
6104
6105 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6106
6107 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6108
6109 `desktop-file-version'
6110 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6111 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6112 `desktop-buffer-point'
6113 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6114 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6115 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6116
6117 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6118 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6119
6120 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6121 code like
6122
6123 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6124 ...
6125 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6126 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6127
6128 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6129 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6130 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6131
6132 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6133
6134 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6135 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6136 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6137 List elements must have the form
6138
6139 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6140
6141 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6142 function.
6143
6144 Handlers are called with argument list
6145
6146 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6147
6148 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6149
6150 `desktop-file-version'
6151 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6152 `desktop-buffer-name'
6153 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6154 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6155 `desktop-buffer-point'
6156 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6157 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6158 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6159
6160 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6161 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6162 created and set.
6163
6164 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6165 code like
6166
6167 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6168 ...
6169 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6170 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6171
6172 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6173 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6174 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6175
6176 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6177
6178 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6179
6180 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6181 Empty the Desktop.
6182 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6183 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6184 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6185 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6186 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6187 if different).
6188
6189 \(fn)" t nil)
6190
6191 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6192 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6193 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6194 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6195 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6196 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6197 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6198
6199 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6200
6201 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6202 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6203 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6204
6205 \(fn)" t nil)
6206
6207 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6208 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6209 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6210 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6211 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6212 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6213 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6214 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6215
6216 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6217
6218 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6219 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6220 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6221
6222 \(fn)" nil nil)
6223
6224 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6225
6226 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6227 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6228 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6229 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6230 directory DIRNAME.
6231
6232 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6233
6234 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6235 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6236
6237 \(fn)" t nil)
6238
6239 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6240 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6241
6242 \(fn)" t nil)
6243
6244 ;;;***
6245 \f
6246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21855 576 877944
6247 ;;;;;; 285000))
6248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6249
6250 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6251 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6252 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6253 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6254 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6255 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6256
6257 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6258
6259 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6260 Repair a broken attribution line.
6261 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6262
6263 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6264
6265 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6266 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6267 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6268 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6269
6270 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6271
6272 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6273 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6274
6275 \(fn)" t nil)
6276
6277 ;;;***
6278 \f
6279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22026
6280 ;;;;;; 25907 547502 692000))
6281 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6282
6283 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6284 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6285 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6286 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6287 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6288
6289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6290
6291 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6292 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6293 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6294 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6295
6296 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6297 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6298 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6299 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6300
6301 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6302 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6303
6304 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6305 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6306 calendar-date-style 'european
6307 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6308
6309 \(diary-mail-entries)
6310
6311 # diary-rem.el ends here
6312
6313 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6314
6315 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6316 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6317
6318 \(fn)" t nil)
6319
6320 ;;;***
6321 \f
6322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21804 59688 284811 0))
6323 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6324
6325 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6326 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6327
6328 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6329
6330 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6331 The command to use to run diff.")
6332
6333 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6334
6335 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6336 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6337 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6338 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6339 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6340 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6341
6342 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6343 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6344 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6345
6346 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6347
6348 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6349 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6350 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6351 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6352 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6353 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6354
6355 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6356
6357 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6358 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6359
6360 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6361
6362 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6363 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6364 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6365
6366 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6367
6368 ;;;***
6369 \f
6370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22011 58554
6371 ;;;;;; 89858 469000))
6372 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6373
6374 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6375 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6376 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6377 normal diffs.
6378
6379 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6380 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6381 headers for you on-the-fly.
6382
6383 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6384 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6385 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6386
6387 \\{diff-mode-map}
6388
6389 \(fn)" t nil)
6390
6391 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6392 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6393 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6394 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6395 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6396
6397 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6398
6399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6400
6401 ;;;***
6402 \f
6403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6404 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6405
6406 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6407 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6408 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6409
6410 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6411
6412 ;;;***
6413 \f
6414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22067 17342 118157 143000))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6416
6417 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6418 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6419 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6420 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6421 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6422 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6423 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6424 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6425
6426 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6427
6428 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6429 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6430 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6431 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6432 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6433 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6434
6435 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6436 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6437 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6438 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6439
6440 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6441 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6442
6443 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6444 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6445 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6446 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6447 listing have no effect.
6448
6449 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6450 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6451 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6452
6453 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6454
6455 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6456 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6457
6458 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6459 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6460
6461 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6462 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6463
6464 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6465 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6466
6467 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6468
6469 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6470 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6471
6472 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6473
6474 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6475 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6476 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6477 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6478 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6479 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6480 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6481 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6482 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6483 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6484 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6485 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6486 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6487 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6488 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6489 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6490 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6491 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6492 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6493 to see why something went wrong.
6494 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6495 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6496 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6497 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6498 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6499 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6500 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6501 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6502 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6503 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6504 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6505 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6506 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6507
6508 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6509 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6510 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6511 again for the directory tree.
6512
6513 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6514 for more info):
6515
6516 `dired-listing-switches'
6517 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6518 `dired-marker-char'
6519 `dired-del-marker'
6520 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6521 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6522 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6523 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6524
6525 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6526
6527 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6528 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6529 `dired-mode-hook'
6530 `dired-load-hook'
6531
6532 Keybindings:
6533 \\{dired-mode-map}
6534
6535 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6536 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6537
6538 ;;;***
6539 \f
6540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21981 37426 531399
6541 ;;;;;; 97000))
6542 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6543
6544 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6545 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6546 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6547 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6548 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6549
6550 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6551 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6552 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6553
6554 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6555 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6556 directory.
6557
6558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6559
6560 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6561 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6562 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6563 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6564 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6565 from `default-directory'.
6566
6567 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6568
6569 ;;;***
6570 \f
6571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21993 28596
6572 ;;;;;; 58597 473000))
6573 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6574
6575 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6576 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6577 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6578 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6579 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6580 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6581
6582 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6583
6584 ;;;***
6585 \f
6586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21981 37426 535399
6587 ;;;;;; 97000))
6588 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6589
6590 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6591 Return a new, empty display table.
6592
6593 \(fn)" nil nil)
6594
6595 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6596 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6597 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6598 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6599 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6600
6601 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6602
6603 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6604 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6605 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6606 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6607 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6608
6609 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6610
6611 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6612 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6613
6614 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6615
6616 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6617 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6618
6619 \(fn)" t nil)
6620
6621 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6622 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6623
6624 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6625 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6626
6627 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6628 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6629 byte.
6630
6631 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6632 in the default way after this call.
6633
6634 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6635
6636 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6637 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6638
6639 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6640
6641 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6642 Display character C using printable string S.
6643
6644 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6645
6646 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6647 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6648 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6649 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6650
6651 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6652
6653 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6654 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6655 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6656 X frame.
6657
6658 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6659
6660 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6661 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6662
6663 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6664
6665 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6666 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6667
6668 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6669
6670 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6671 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6672
6673 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6674
6675 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6676 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6677
6678 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6679
6680 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6681 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6682
6683 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6684
6685 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6686 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6687
6688 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6689 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6690
6691 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6692 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6693
6694 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6695 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6696 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6697 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6698
6699 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6700 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6701 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6702 in `.emacs'.
6703
6704 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6705
6706 ;;;***
6707 \f
6708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6709 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6710 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6711
6712 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6713 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6714 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6715 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6716 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6717 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6718 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6719 Default is 2.
6720
6721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6722
6723 ;;;***
6724 \f
6725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22026 25907 555502 692000))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6727
6728 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6729 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6730 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6731 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6732 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6733 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6734 private or ask).
6735 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6736 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6737 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6738 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6739 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6740
6741 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6742
6743 ;;;***
6744 \f
6745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6746 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6748
6749 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6750 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6751 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6752 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6753 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6754 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6755 table and its own syntax table.
6756
6757 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6758
6759 \(fn)" t nil)
6760 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6761
6762 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6763 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6764
6765 \(fn)" t nil)
6766
6767 ;;;***
6768 \f
6769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22058 2348 742214
6770 ;;;;;; 951000))
6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6772
6773 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6774 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6775 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6776 OpenDocument format).
6777
6778 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6779
6780 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6781 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6782
6783 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6784 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6785
6786 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6787 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6788 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6789
6790 \(fn)" t nil)
6791
6792 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6793 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6794 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6795 to the next best mode.
6796
6797 \(fn)" nil nil)
6798
6799 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6800 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6802 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6803 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6804
6805 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6806
6807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6808
6809 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6810
6811
6812 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6813
6814 ;;;***
6815 \f
6816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22011 58553 865858
6817 ;;;;;; 469000))
6818 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6819
6820 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6821 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6822
6823 \(fn)" t nil)
6824
6825 ;;;***
6826 \f
6827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21953 58033 239058 929000))
6828 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6829
6830 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6831 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6832 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6833 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6834 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6835
6836 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6837 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6838
6839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6840
6841 ;;;***
6842 \f
6843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21980 16567 965544
6844 ;;;;;; 893000))
6845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6846 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6847
6848 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6849 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6850
6851 \(fn)" t nil)
6852
6853 ;;;***
6854 \f
6855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22011
6856 ;;;;;; 58553 361858 469000))
6857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6858
6859 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6860
6861 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6862 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6863 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6864 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6865 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6866
6867 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6868 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6869 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6870 and disables it otherwise.
6871
6872 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6873 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6874 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6875 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6876
6877 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6878 documenting what its argument does.
6879
6880 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6881 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6882 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6883 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6884 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6885 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6886 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6887 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6888
6889 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6890 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6891 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6892 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6893 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6894 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6895 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6896 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6897 the minor mode is global):
6898
6899 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6900 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6901 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6902 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6903 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6904 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6905 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6906 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6907 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6908 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6909 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6910 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6911 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6912 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6913 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6914 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6915 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6916 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6917 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6918 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6919 in :variable).
6920
6921 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6922 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6923
6924 For example, you could write
6925 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6926 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6927 ...BODY CODE...)
6928
6929 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6930
6931 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6932
6933 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6934
6935 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6936
6937 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6938
6939 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6940 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6941 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6942 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6943 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6944 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6945 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6946 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6947 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6948 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6949 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6950 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6951
6952 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6953 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6954 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6955 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6956 call another major mode in their body.
6957
6958 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6959 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6960 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6961
6962 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6963
6964 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6965
6966 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6967 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6968 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6969 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6970 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6971 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6972 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6973
6974 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6975
6976 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6977 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6978 :inherit Parent keymap.
6979 :group Ignored.
6980 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6981 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6982
6983 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6984
6985 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6986 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6987 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6988 the constant's documentation.
6989
6990 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6991
6992 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6993 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6994 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6995
6996 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6997
6998 ;;;***
6999 \f
7000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
7001 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
7002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7003
7004 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7005 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7006 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7007 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7008
7009 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7010 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7011 as a top-level menu bar item.
7012
7013 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7014 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7015 pairs:
7016
7017 :filter FUNCTION
7018 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7019 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7020 items to actually display.
7021
7022 :visible INCLUDE
7023 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7024 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7025 alias for `:visible'.
7026
7027 :active ENABLE
7028 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7029 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7030 an alias for `:active'.
7031
7032 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7033 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7034
7035 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7036
7037 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7038
7039 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7040 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7041
7042 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7043 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7044
7045 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7046
7047 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7048
7049 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7050 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7051
7052 :keys KEYS
7053 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7054 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7055 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7056 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7057
7058 :key-sequence KEYS
7059 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7060 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7061 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7062 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7063
7064 :active ENABLE
7065 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7066 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7067 alias for `:active'.
7068
7069 :visible INCLUDE
7070 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7071 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7072 `:visible'.
7073
7074 :label FORM
7075 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7076 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7077
7078 :suffix FORM
7079 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7080 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7081
7082 :style STYLE
7083 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7084 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7085 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7086
7087 :selected SELECTED
7088 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7089 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7090
7091 :help HELP
7092 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7093
7094 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7095 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7096 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7097
7098 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7099 MENU. This is a submenu.
7100
7101 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7102
7103 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7104
7105 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7106
7107
7108 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7109
7110 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7111 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7112 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7113 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7114
7115 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7116
7117 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7118 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7119 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7120 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7121 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7122 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7123
7124 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7125 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7126 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7127
7128 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7129 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7130 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7131
7132 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7133 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7134
7135 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7136
7137 ;;;***
7138 \f
7139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22011 58553
7140 ;;;;;; 897858 469000))
7141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7142 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7143
7144 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7145 Customization for ebnf group.
7146
7147 \(fn)" t nil)
7148
7149 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7150 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7151
7152 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7153
7154 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7155 processed.
7156
7157 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7158
7159 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7160
7161 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7162 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7163
7164 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7165 killed after process termination.
7166
7167 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7168
7169 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7170
7171 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7172 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7173
7174 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7175 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7176 it to the printer.
7177
7178 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7179 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7180 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7181 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7182
7183 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7184
7185 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7186 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7187 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7188
7189 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7190
7191 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7192 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7193
7194 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7195
7196 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7197 processed.
7198
7199 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7200
7201 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7202
7203 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7204 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7205
7206 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7207 killed after process termination.
7208
7209 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7210
7211 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7212
7213 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7214 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7215 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7216 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7217
7218 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7219
7220 \(fn)" t nil)
7221
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7224 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7225
7226 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7227
7228 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7229
7230 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7231 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7232
7233 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7234
7235 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7236 processed.
7237
7238 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7239
7240 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7241
7242 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7243 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7244
7245 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7246 killed after EPS generation.
7247
7248 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7249
7250 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7251
7252 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7253 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7254
7255 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7256 The EPS file name has the following form:
7257
7258 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7259
7260 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7261 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7262
7263 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7264 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7265 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7266 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7267 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7268
7269 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7270 files.
7271
7272 \(fn)" t nil)
7273
7274 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7275 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7276
7277 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7278 The EPS file name has the following form:
7279
7280 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7281
7282 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7283 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7284
7285 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7286 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7287 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7288 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7289 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7290
7291 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7292 files.
7293
7294 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7295
7296 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7297
7298 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7299 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7300
7301 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7302
7303 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7304 are processed.
7305
7306 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7307
7308 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7309
7310 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7311 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7312
7313 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7314 killed after syntax checking.
7315
7316 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7317
7318 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7319
7320 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7321 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7322
7323 \(fn)" t nil)
7324
7325 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7326 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7327
7328 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7329
7330 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7331 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7332
7333 \(fn)" nil nil)
7334
7335 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7336 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7337
7338 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7339
7340 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7343 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7344
7345 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7346
7347 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7350 Delete style NAME.
7351
7352 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7353
7354 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7357 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7358
7359 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7360
7361 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7364 Set STYLE as the current style.
7365
7366 Returns the old style symbol.
7367
7368 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7369
7370 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7373 Reset current style.
7374
7375 Returns the old style symbol.
7376
7377 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7378
7379 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7380
7381 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7382 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7383
7384 Returns the old style symbol.
7385
7386 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7387
7388 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7389
7390 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7391
7392 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7393 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7394
7395 Returns the old style symbol.
7396
7397 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7398
7399 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7400
7401 \(fn)" t nil)
7402
7403 ;;;***
7404 \f
7405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21998 46517
7406 ;;;;;; 206024 649000))
7407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7408
7409 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7410 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7411 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7412 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7413 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7414 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7415
7416 Tree mode key bindings:
7417 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7418
7419 \(fn)" t nil)
7420
7421 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7422 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7423
7424 \(fn)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7427 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7428
7429 \(fn)" t nil)
7430
7431 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7432 View declaration of member at point.
7433
7434 \(fn)" t nil)
7435
7436 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7437 Find declaration of member at point.
7438
7439 \(fn)" t nil)
7440
7441 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7442 View definition of member at point.
7443
7444 \(fn)" t nil)
7445
7446 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7447 Find definition of member at point.
7448
7449 \(fn)" t nil)
7450
7451 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7452 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7453
7454 \(fn)" t nil)
7455
7456 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7457 View definition of member at point in other window.
7458
7459 \(fn)" t nil)
7460
7461 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7462 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7463
7464 \(fn)" t nil)
7465
7466 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7467 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7468
7469 \(fn)" t nil)
7470
7471 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7472 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7473
7474 \(fn)" t nil)
7475
7476 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7477 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7478
7479 \(fn)" t nil)
7480
7481 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7482 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7483 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7484 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7485 completion.
7486
7487 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7488
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7490 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7491 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7492 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7493
7494 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7495
7496 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7497 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7498 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7499 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7500
7501 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7502
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7504 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7505 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7506
7507 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7508
7509 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7510 Search for call sites of a member.
7511 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7512 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7513 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7514 looks like a function call to the member.
7515
7516 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7517
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7519 Move backward in the position stack.
7520 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7521
7522 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7523
7524 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7525 Move forward in the position stack.
7526 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7527
7528 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7529
7530 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7531 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7532
7533 \(fn)" t nil)
7534
7535 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7536 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7537
7538 \(fn)" t nil)
7539
7540 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7541 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7542 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7543 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7544
7545 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7546
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7548 Display statistics for a class tree.
7549
7550 \(fn)" t nil)
7551
7552 ;;;***
7553 \f
7554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21953 58033 239058
7555 ;;;;;; 929000))
7556 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7557
7558 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7559 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7560 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7561 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7562 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7563 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7564 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7565
7566 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7567
7568 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7569 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7570 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7571 also has this effect.
7572 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7573 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7574 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7575 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7576 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7577 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7578 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7579 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7580 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7581 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7582
7583 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7584
7585 ;;;***
7586 \f
7587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7588 ;;;;;; 725000))
7589 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7590
7591 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7592 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7593 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7594
7595 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7596
7597 ;;;***
7598 \f
7599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7600 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7602
7603 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7604
7605
7606 \(fn)" nil nil)
7607
7608 ;;;***
7609 \f
7610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22040 58794 676259 771000))
7611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7612 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7613
7614 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7615 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7616 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7618 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7619 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7620
7621 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7622
7623 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7624 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7625 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7626 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7627 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7628
7629 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7630 an EDE controlled project.
7631
7632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7633
7634 ;;;***
7635 \f
7636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22022 28851
7637 ;;;;;; 765037 303000))
7638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7639
7640 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7641 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7642 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7643 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7644 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7645
7646 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7647 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7648 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7649 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7650
7651 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7652
7653 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7654 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7655 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7656 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7657
7658 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7659
7660 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7661 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7662 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7663 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7664
7665 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7666
7667 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7668
7669 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7670 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7671 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7672 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7673 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7674
7675 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7676 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7677 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7678 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7679 instrumented for Edebug.
7680
7681 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7682 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7683 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7684 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7685 already is one.)
7686
7687 \(fn)" t nil)
7688
7689 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7690 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7691
7692 \(fn)" t nil)
7693
7694 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7695 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7696
7697 \(fn)" t nil)
7698
7699 ;;;***
7700 \f
7701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22011 58554 93858 469000))
7702 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7703 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7704
7705 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7706 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7707
7708 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7709
7710 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7711 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7712
7713 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7714
7715 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7716
7717 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7718
7719 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7720 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7721 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7722 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7723
7724 \(fn)" t nil)
7725
7726 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7727 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7728 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7729 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7730
7731 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7732
7733 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7734 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7735
7736 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7737
7738 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7739
7740 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7741 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7742
7743 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7744
7745 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7746
7747 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7748 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7749 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7750 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7751
7752 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7753
7754 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7757 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7758 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7759 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7760
7761 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7762
7763 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7764
7765 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7767 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7768 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7769
7770 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7771
7772 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7773
7774 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7776 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7777 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7778
7779 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7780
7781 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7782
7783 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7784 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7785 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7786 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7787 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7788 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7789
7790 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7793 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7794 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7795 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7796
7797 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7798
7799 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7803 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7804 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7805
7806 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7807
7808 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7809
7810 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7813 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7814 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7815 follows:
7816 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7817 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7818
7819 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7820
7821 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7822 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7823 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7824 follows:
7825 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7826 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7827
7828 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7829
7830 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7831 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7832 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7833 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7834 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7835
7836 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7837
7838 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7839 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7840 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7841 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7842 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7843 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7844
7845 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7846
7847 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7848
7849 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7850 Merge two files without ancestor.
7851
7852 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7853
7854 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7855 Merge two files with ancestor.
7856
7857 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7858
7859 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7860
7861 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7862 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7863
7864 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7865
7866 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7867 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7868
7869 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7870
7871 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7872 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7873 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7874 buffer.
7875
7876 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7877
7878 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7879 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7880 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7881 buffer.
7882
7883 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7884
7885 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7886 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7887 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7888 and don't ask the user.
7889 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7890 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7891
7892 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7893
7894 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7895 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7896 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7897 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7898 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7899 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7900 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7901 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7902
7903 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7904
7905 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7906
7907 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7908
7909 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7910 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7911 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7912 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7913 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7914
7915 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7916
7917 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7918
7919 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7920 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7921 When called interactively, displays the version.
7922
7923 \(fn)" t nil)
7924
7925 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7926 Display Ediff's manual.
7927 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7928
7929 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7930
7931 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7932
7933
7934 \(fn)" nil nil)
7935
7936 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7937
7938
7939 \(fn)" nil nil)
7940
7941 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7942
7943
7944 \(fn)" nil nil)
7945
7946 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7947
7948
7949 \(fn)" nil nil)
7950
7951 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7952
7953
7954 \(fn)" nil nil)
7955
7956 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7957
7958
7959 \(fn)" nil nil)
7960
7961 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7962
7963
7964 \(fn)" nil nil)
7965
7966 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7967
7968
7969 \(fn)" nil nil)
7970
7971 ;;;***
7972 \f
7973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21870 54319
7974 ;;;;;; 247944 919000))
7975 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7976
7977 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7978
7979
7980 \(fn)" t nil)
7981
7982 ;;;***
7983 \f
7984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21993 28596
7985 ;;;;;; 422597 473000))
7986 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7987
7988 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7989 Display Ediff's registry.
7990
7991 \(fn)" t nil)
7992
7993 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7994
7995 ;;;***
7996 \f
7997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22026 25907
7998 ;;;;;; 671502 692000))
7999 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8000
8001 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8002 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8003 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8004 which see.
8005
8006 \(fn)" t nil)
8007
8008 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8009 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8010 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8011 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8012
8013 \(fn)" t nil)
8014
8015 ;;;***
8016 \f
8017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21976 19509 748430
8018 ;;;;;; 241000))
8019 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8020 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8021
8022 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8023 Edit a keyboard macro.
8024 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8025 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8026 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8027 its command name.
8028 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8029
8030 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8031
8032 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8033 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8034
8035 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8036
8037 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8038 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8039
8040 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8041
8042 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8043 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8044 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8045 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8046 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8047 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8048
8049 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8050 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8051 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8052 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8053
8054 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8055
8056 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8057 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8058 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8059 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8060 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8061 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8062
8063 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8064
8065 ;;;***
8066 \f
8067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22011 58553 453858
8068 ;;;;;; 469000))
8069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8070
8071 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8072 Set scroll margins.
8073 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8074 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8075
8076 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8079 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8080
8081 \(fn)" t nil)
8082
8083 ;;;***
8084 \f
8085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21953 58033 247058 929000))
8086 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8087
8088 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8089 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8090 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8091 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8092 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8093 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8094 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8095
8096 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8097 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8098
8099 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8100 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8101 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8102 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8103
8104 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8105 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8106 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8107
8108 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8109 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8110 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8111
8112 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8113
8114 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8115
8116
8117 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8118
8119 ;;;***
8120 \f
8121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21998 46624
8122 ;;;;;; 898024 649000))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8124 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8125
8126 ;;;***
8127 \f
8128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22067
8129 ;;;;;; 17342 150157 143000))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8131 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8132
8133 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8134 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8135 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8136 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8137 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8138 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8139 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8140
8141 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8142
8143 ;;;***
8144 \f
8145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21888 48869 288181
8146 ;;;;;; 796000))
8147 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8148
8149 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8150 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8151
8152 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8153 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8154 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8155
8156 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8157
8158 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8159 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8160 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8161 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8162 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8163 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8164
8165 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8166
8167 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8168 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8169 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8170 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8171 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8172
8173 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8174 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8175 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8176 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8177
8178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8179
8180 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8181 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8182
8183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8184
8185 ;;;***
8186 \f
8187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8188 ;;;;;; 725000))
8189 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8190
8191 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8192 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8193
8194 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8195 an elided material again.
8196
8197 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8198
8199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8200
8201 ;;;***
8202 \f
8203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22030 22952
8204 ;;;;;; 921158 467000))
8205 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8206
8207 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8208 Lint the file FILE.
8209
8210 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8211
8212 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8213 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8214 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8215
8216 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8217
8218 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8219 Lint the current buffer.
8220 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8221
8222 \(fn)" t nil)
8223
8224 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8225 Lint the function at point.
8226 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8227
8228 \(fn)" t nil)
8229
8230 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8231 Initialize elint.
8232 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8233 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8234
8235 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8236
8237 ;;;***
8238 \f
8239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8240 ;;;;;; 725000))
8241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8242
8243 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8244 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8245 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8246
8247 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8248
8249 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8250 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8251 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8252 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8253
8254 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8255
8256 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8257 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8258 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8259
8260 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8261
8262 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8265 Display current profiling results.
8266 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8267 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8268 displayed.
8269
8270 \(fn)" t nil)
8271
8272 ;;;***
8273 \f
8274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8275 ;;;;;; 725000))
8276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8277
8278 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8279 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8280 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8281 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8282 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8283 ARG is omitted or nil.
8284
8285 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8286 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8287 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8288 used instead.
8289
8290 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8291
8292 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8293 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8294 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8295
8296 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8297
8298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8299
8300 ;;;***
8301 \f
8302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22030 22952
8303 ;;;;;; 933158 467000))
8304 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8305
8306 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8307 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8308 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8309
8310 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8311
8312 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8313
8314 ;;;***
8315 \f
8316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21953 58033 507058
8317 ;;;;;; 929000))
8318 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8319
8320 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8321 Run Emerge on two files.
8322
8323 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8324
8325 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8326 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8327
8328 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8329
8330 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8331 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8332
8333 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8334
8335 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8336 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8337
8338 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8339
8340 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8341
8342
8343 \(fn)" nil nil)
8344
8345 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8346
8347
8348 \(fn)" nil nil)
8349
8350 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8351
8352
8353 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8354
8355 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8356
8357
8358 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8359
8360 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8361 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8362
8363 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8364
8365 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8366 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8367
8368 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8369
8370 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8371
8372
8373 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8374
8375 ;;;***
8376 \f
8377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8378 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8379 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8380
8381 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8382 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8383 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8384 text/enriched format.
8385
8386 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8387 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8388 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8389
8390 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8391
8392 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8393 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8394
8395 Commands:
8396
8397 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8398
8399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8400
8401 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8402
8403
8404 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8405
8406 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8407
8408
8409 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8410
8411 ;;;***
8412 \f
8413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21980 16567 517544 893000))
8414 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8415
8416 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8417 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8418
8419 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8420
8421 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8422 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8423
8424 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8425
8426 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8427 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8428 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8429 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8430 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8431 the keys are listed.
8432 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8433
8434 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8435
8436 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8437 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8438 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8439
8440 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8441
8442 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8443 Verify FILE.
8444
8445 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8446
8447 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8448 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8449
8450 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8451
8452 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8453 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8454
8455 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8456
8457 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8458 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8459
8460 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8461 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8462 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8463 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8464
8465 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8466 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8467 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8468 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8469 should consider using the string based counterpart
8470 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8471 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8472
8473 For example:
8474
8475 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8476 (decode-coding-string
8477 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8478 \\='utf-8))
8479
8480 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8481
8482 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8483 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8484
8485 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8486 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8487
8488 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8489
8490 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8491
8492 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8493 Verify the current region between START and END.
8494
8495 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8496 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8497 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8498 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8499 should consider using the string based counterpart
8500 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8501 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8502
8503 For example:
8504
8505 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8506 (decode-coding-string
8507 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8508 \\='utf-8))
8509
8510 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8511
8512 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8513
8514 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8515 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8516 between START and END.
8517
8518 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8519 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8520
8521 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8522
8523 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8524
8525 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8526 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8527
8528 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8529 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8530 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8531 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8532 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8533 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8534
8535 For example:
8536
8537 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8538 (epg-sign-string
8539 context
8540 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8541
8542 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8543
8544 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8545
8546 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8547 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8548
8549 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8550 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8551 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8552 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8553 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8554 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8555
8556 For example:
8557
8558 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8559 (epg-encrypt-string
8560 context
8561 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8562 nil))
8563
8564 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8565
8566 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8567
8568 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8569 Delete selected KEYS.
8570
8571 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8572
8573 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8574 Import keys from FILE.
8575
8576 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8577
8578 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8579 Import keys from the region.
8580
8581 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8582
8583 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8584 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8585 between START and END.
8586
8587 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8588
8589 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8590 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8591
8592 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8593
8594 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8595 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8596
8597 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8598
8599 ;;;***
8600 \f
8601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8602 ;;;;;; 725000))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8604
8605 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8606 Decrypt marked files.
8607
8608 \(fn)" t nil)
8609
8610 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8611 Verify marked files.
8612
8613 \(fn)" t nil)
8614
8615 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8616 Sign marked files.
8617
8618 \(fn)" t nil)
8619
8620 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8621 Encrypt marked files.
8622
8623 \(fn)" t nil)
8624
8625 ;;;***
8626 \f
8627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21964 28338 113695
8628 ;;;;;; 749000))
8629 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8630
8631 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8632
8633
8634 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8635
8636 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8637
8638
8639 \(fn)" t nil)
8640
8641 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8642
8643
8644 \(fn)" t nil)
8645
8646 ;;;***
8647 \f
8648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8649 ;;;;;; 725000))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8651
8652 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8653 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8654 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8655 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8656 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8657
8658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8659
8660 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8661 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8662 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8663
8664 \(fn)" t nil)
8665
8666 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8667
8668 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8669 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8670 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8671
8672 \(fn)" t nil)
8673
8674 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8675
8676 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8677 Sign the current buffer.
8678 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8679
8680 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8681
8682 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8683
8684 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8685 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8686 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8687 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8688 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8689 and also whether and how to sign.
8690
8691 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8692 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8693 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8694
8695 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8696
8697 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8698
8699 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8700 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8701 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8702
8703 \(fn)" t nil)
8704
8705 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8706
8707 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8708 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8709 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8711 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8712 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8713
8714 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8715
8716 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8717 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8718 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8719 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8720 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8721
8722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8723
8724 ;;;***
8725 \f
8726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22011 58553 461858 469000))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8728 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8729
8730 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8731 Return a context object.
8732
8733 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8734
8735 ;;;***
8736 \f
8737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21927 33969 780642
8738 ;;;;;; 720000))
8739 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8740
8741 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8742 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8743
8744 \(fn)" nil nil)
8745
8746 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8747 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8748
8749 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8750
8751 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8752 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8753
8754 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8755
8756 ;;;***
8757 \f
8758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22011 58553 477858 469000))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8760 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8761
8762 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8763 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8764
8765 \(fn)" nil nil)
8766
8767 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8768 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8769 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8770
8771 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8772
8773 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8774 (server (erc-compute-server))
8775 (port (erc-compute-port))
8776 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8777 password
8778 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8779
8780 That is, if called with
8781
8782 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8783
8784 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8785 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8786 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8787
8788 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8789
8790 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8791
8792 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8793 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8794 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8795
8796 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8797
8798 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8799 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8800 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8801 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8802
8803 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8804
8805 ;;;***
8806 \f
8807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21989
8808 ;;;;;; 31537 763825 721000))
8809 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8810 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8811
8812 ;;;***
8813 \f
8814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21998 46517
8815 ;;;;;; 30024 649000))
8816 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8817 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8818
8819 ;;;***
8820 \f
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8822 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8824 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8825
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8829 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8831 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8832
8833 ;;;***
8834 \f
8835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21998 46517 30024
8836 ;;;;;; 649000))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8838 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8839
8840 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8841 Parser for /dcc command.
8842 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8843 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8844 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8845
8846 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8847
8848 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8849 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8850
8851 \(fn)" nil nil)
8852
8853 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8854 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8855
8856 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8857 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8858 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8859 that subcommand.
8860
8861 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8862
8863 ;;;***
8864 \f
8865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8866 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8867 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8868 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8869
8870 ;;;***
8871 \f
8872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21855
8873 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8875
8876 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8877 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8878
8879 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8880
8881 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8882 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8883 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8884 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8885
8886 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8887
8888 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8889
8890
8891 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8892
8893 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8894 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8895
8896 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8897
8898 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8899 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8900
8901 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8902
8903 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8904 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8905
8906 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8907
8908 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8909 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8910
8911 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8912
8913 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8914 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8915
8916 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8917
8918 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8919 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8920
8921 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8922
8923 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8924 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8925
8926 \(fn)" nil nil)
8927
8928 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8929 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8930
8931 \(fn)" nil nil)
8932
8933 ;;;***
8934 \f
8935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21989 31537 771825
8936 ;;;;;; 721000))
8937 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8938 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8939
8940 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8941 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8942 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8943
8944 \(fn)" nil nil)
8945
8946 ;;;***
8947 \f
8948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8949 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8950 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8951 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8952
8953 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8954 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8955 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8956 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8957 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8958 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8959 system.
8960
8961 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8962
8963 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8964
8965
8966 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8967
8968 ;;;***
8969 \f
8970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
8971 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8973
8974 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8975
8976
8977 \(fn)" nil nil)
8978
8979 ;;;***
8980 \f
8981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
8982 ;;;;;; 725000))
8983 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8984 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8985
8986 ;;;***
8987 \f
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
8989 ;;;;;; 725000))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8991 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8992
8993 ;;;***
8994 \f
8995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
8996 ;;;;;; 725000))
8997 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8998 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8999
9000 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9001 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9002 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9003 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9004 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9005 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9006
9007 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9008
9009 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9010 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9011 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9012 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9013
9014 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9015 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9016 automatically.
9017
9018 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9019 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9020
9021 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9022
9023 ;;;***
9024 \f
9025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22011 58553
9026 ;;;;;; 461858 469000))
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9028 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9029
9030 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9031 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9032
9033 \(fn)" t nil)
9034
9035 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9036 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9037
9038 \(fn)" t nil)
9039
9040 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9041 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9042
9043 \(fn)" t nil)
9044
9045 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9046 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9047
9048 \(fn)" t nil)
9049
9050 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9051 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9052
9053 \(fn)" t nil)
9054
9055 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9056 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9057
9058 \(fn)" t nil)
9059
9060 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9061 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9062
9063 \(fn)" t nil)
9064
9065 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9066 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9067
9068 \(fn)" t nil)
9069
9070 ;;;***
9071 \f
9072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
9073 ;;;;;; 725000))
9074 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9075 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9076
9077 ;;;***
9078 \f
9079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
9080 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9081 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9082 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9083
9084 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9085 Show who's gone.
9086
9087 \(fn)" nil nil)
9088
9089 ;;;***
9090 \f
9091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22011
9092 ;;;;;; 58553 473858 469000))
9093 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9094
9095 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9096 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9097 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9098 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9099
9100 \(fn)" nil nil)
9101
9102 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9103 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9104
9105 \(fn)" t nil)
9106
9107 ;;;***
9108 \f
9109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9110 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9111 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9112 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9113
9114 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9115 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9116 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9117 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9118
9119 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9120
9121 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9122
9123
9124 \(fn)" nil nil)
9125
9126 ;;;***
9127 \f
9128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9129 ;;;;;; 725000))
9130 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9131 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9132
9133 ;;;***
9134 \f
9135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21855
9136 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9138 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9139
9140 ;;;***
9141 \f
9142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9143 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9146
9147 ;;;***
9148 \f
9149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9150 ;;;;;; 725000))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9152 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9153
9154 ;;;***
9155 \f
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22011
9157 ;;;;;; 58553 473858 469000))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9159 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9160
9161 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9162 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9163
9164 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9165
9166 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9167 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9168 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9169
9170 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9171
9172 ;;;***
9173 \f
9174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9175 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9178
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21980
9182 ;;;;;; 16567 521544 893000))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9184
9185 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9186 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9187 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9188
9189 \(fn)" t nil)
9190
9191 ;;;***
9192 \f
9193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9194 ;;;;;; 11963 635339 992000))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9196 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9197
9198 ;;;***
9199 \f
9200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21860 18496
9201 ;;;;;; 27951 644000))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9204
9205 ;;;***
9206 \f
9207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21980 16567
9208 ;;;;;; 521544 893000))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9210
9211 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9212 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9213 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9214
9215 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9216
9217 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9218 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9220 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9221 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9222
9223 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9224 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9225 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9226 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9227
9228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9229 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9230
9231 ;;;***
9232 \f
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9234 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9236 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9237
9238 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9239 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9240 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9241 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9242
9243 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9244
9245 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9246 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9247 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9248
9249 \(fn)" t nil)
9250
9251 ;;;***
9252 \f
9253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9254 ;;;;;; 725000))
9255 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9256 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9257
9258 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9259 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9260
9261 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9262
9263 ;;;***
9264 \f
9265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22063 20273 739891
9266 ;;;;;; 395000))
9267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9268
9269 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9270 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9271
9272 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9273 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9274
9275 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9276 useful for assertions in BODY.
9277
9278 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9279
9280 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9281 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9282 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9283
9284 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9285
9286 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9287
9288 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9289
9290 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9291
9292 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9293
9294 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9295 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9296
9297 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9298 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9299 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9300 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9301
9302 Returns the stats object.
9303
9304 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9305
9306 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9307 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9308
9309 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9310 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9311 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9312 the tests).
9313
9314 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9315
9316 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9317 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9318
9319 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9320 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9321 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9322 and how to display message.
9323
9324 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9325
9326 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9327
9328 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9329 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9330
9331 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9332
9333 ;;;***
9334 \f
9335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22011 58553
9336 ;;;;;; 393858 469000))
9337 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9338
9339 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9340
9341 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9342 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9343
9344 \(fn)" t nil)
9345
9346 ;;;***
9347 \f
9348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22065 61995
9349 ;;;;;; 862407 852000))
9350 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9351
9352 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9353 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9354
9355 \(fn)" t nil)
9356
9357 ;;;***
9358 \f
9359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9360 ;;;;;; 725000))
9361 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9362 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9363
9364 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9365 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9366 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9367 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9368 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9369 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9370 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9371 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9372 buffer selected (or created).
9373
9374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9375
9376 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9377 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9378 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9379
9380 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9381
9382 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9383 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9384 The result might be any Lisp object.
9385 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9386 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9387 corresponding to a successful execution.
9388
9389 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9390
9391 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9392
9393 ;;;***
9394 \f
9395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21998 46517 206024
9396 ;;;;;; 649000))
9397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9398
9399 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9400 File name of tags table.
9401 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9402 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9403 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9404 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9405 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9406
9407 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9408 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9409 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9410 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9411
9412 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9413
9414 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9415 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9416 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9417 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9418 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9419 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9420
9421 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9422
9423 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9424 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9425 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9426
9427 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9428
9429 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9430 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9431 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9432 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9433 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9434
9435 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9436
9437 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9438 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9439 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9440 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9441
9442 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9443
9444 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9445 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9446 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9447 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9448 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9449
9450 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9451
9452 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9453 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9454
9455 \(fn)" t nil)
9456
9457 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9458 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9459 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9460 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9461
9462 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9463 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9464 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9465 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9466 file the tag was in.
9467
9468 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9469
9470 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9471 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9472 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9473 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9474 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9475 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9476 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9477 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9478 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9479
9480 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9481
9482 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9483 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9484 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9485 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9486 without directory names.
9487
9488 \(fn)" nil nil)
9489
9490 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9491
9492
9493 \(fn)" nil nil)
9494 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9495 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9496 (progn
9497 (load "etags")
9498 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9499
9500 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9501 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9502 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9503 but does not select the buffer.
9504 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9505
9506 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9507 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9508 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9509 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9510 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9511
9512 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9513
9514 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9515 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9516 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9517
9518 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9519
9520 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9521
9522 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9523 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9524 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9525 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9526
9527 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9528 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9529 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9530 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9531 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9532
9533 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9534
9535 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9536 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9537 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9538
9539 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9540
9541 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9542
9543 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9544
9545 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9546 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9547 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9548 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9549 around or before point.
9550
9551 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9552 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9553 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9554 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9555 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9556
9557 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9558
9559 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9560 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9561 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9562
9563 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9564
9565 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9566
9567 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9568
9569 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9570 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9571 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9572 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9573 around or before point.
9574
9575 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9576 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9577 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9578 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9579 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9580
9581 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9582
9583 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9584 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9585 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9586
9587 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9588
9589 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9590
9591 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9592
9593 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9594 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9595 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9596
9597 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9598 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9599 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9600 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9601 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9602
9603 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9604
9605 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9606 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9607 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9608
9609 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9610
9611 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9612
9613 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9614
9615 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9616
9617 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9618 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9619
9620 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9621 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9622 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9623
9624 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9625 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9626
9627 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9628 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9629
9630 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9631
9632 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9633 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9634 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9635 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9636
9637 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9638 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9639 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9640 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9641 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9642
9643 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9644
9645 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9646
9647 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9648 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9649 Stops when a match is found.
9650 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9651
9652 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9653 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9654 restricted to these files.
9655
9656 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9657
9658 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9659
9660 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9661 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9662 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9663 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9664 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9665 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9666 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9667 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9668
9669 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9670 produce the list of files to search.
9671
9672 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9673
9674 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9675
9676 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9677 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9678 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9679 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9680 directory specification.
9681
9682 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9683
9684 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9685 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9686
9687 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9688
9689 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9690
9691 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9692 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9693 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9694 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9695
9696 \(fn)" t nil)
9697
9698 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9699 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9700 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9701 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9702 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9703
9704 \(fn)" t nil)
9705
9706 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9707
9708
9709 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9710
9711 ;;;***
9712 \f
9713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21862
9714 ;;;;;; 60209 768658 443000))
9715 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9716
9717 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9718
9719
9720 \(fn)" nil nil)
9721
9722 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9723 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9724
9725 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9726 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9727
9728 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9729 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9730 primary language.
9731
9732 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9733 even if the buffer is read-only.
9734
9735 See also the descriptions of the variables
9736 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9737
9738 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9739
9740 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9741 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9742
9743 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9744 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9745
9746 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9747 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9748 primary language.
9749
9750 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9751 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9752
9753 See also the descriptions of the variables
9754 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9755
9756 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9757
9758 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9759 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9760 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9761 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9762
9763 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9764
9765 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9766 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9767 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9768 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9769
9770 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9771 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9772 primary language.
9773
9774 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9775 buffer is read-only.
9776
9777 See also the descriptions of the variables
9778 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9779 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9780
9781 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9782
9783 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9784 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9785
9786 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9787 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9788
9789 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9790 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9791 the primary language.
9792
9793 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9794 buffer is read-only.
9795
9796 See also the descriptions of the variables
9797 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9798 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9799
9800 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9801
9802 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9803 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9804 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9805
9806 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9807
9808 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9809 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9810
9811 \(fn)" t nil)
9812
9813 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9814 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9815
9816 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9817 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9818 be 1, 2, or 3.
9819
9820 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9821 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9822 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9823
9824 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9825
9826 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9827
9828 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9829 This function is deprecated.
9830
9831 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9832
9833 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9834 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9835
9836 \(fn)" t nil)
9837
9838 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9839 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9840
9841 \(fn)" t nil)
9842
9843 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9844 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9845
9846 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9847 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9848
9849 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9850 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9851
9852 \(fn)" nil nil)
9853
9854 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9855 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9856
9857 \(fn)" nil nil)
9858
9859 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9860 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9861
9862 \(fn)" nil nil)
9863
9864 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9865 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9866
9867 \(fn)" nil nil)
9868
9869 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9870 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9871 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9872
9873 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9874
9875 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9876
9877
9878 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9879
9880 ;;;***
9881 \f
9882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22026 25907 611502 692000))
9883 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9884
9885 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9886 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9887 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9888 server for future sessions.
9889
9890 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9891
9892 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9893 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9894 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9895
9896 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9897
9898 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9899 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9900 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9901
9902 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9903
9904 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9905 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9906 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9907 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9908 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9909 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9910 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9911 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9912 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9913 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9914 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9915 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9916
9917 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9918
9919 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9920 Display a form to query the directory server.
9921 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9922 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9923
9924 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9925
9926 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9927 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9928 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9929
9930 \(fn)" t nil)
9931
9932 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9933
9934 ;;;***
9935 \f
9936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22026 25907 607502
9937 ;;;;;; 692000))
9938 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9939
9940 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9941 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9942
9943 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9944
9945 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9946 Display URL and make it clickable.
9947
9948 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9949
9950 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9951 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9952
9953 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9954
9955 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9956 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9957
9958 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9959
9960 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9961 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9962
9963 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9964
9965 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9966 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9967
9968 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9969
9970 ;;;***
9971 \f
9972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22026 25907
9973 ;;;;;; 607502 692000))
9974 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9975
9976 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9977 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9978 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9979
9980 \(fn)" t nil)
9981
9982 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9983 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9984
9985 \(fn)" t nil)
9986
9987 ;;;***
9988 \f
9989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22026
9990 ;;;;;; 25907 607502 692000))
9991 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9992
9993 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9994 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9995
9996 \(fn)" t nil)
9997
9998 ;;;***
9999 \f
10000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
10001 ;;;;;; 725000))
10002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10003
10004 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10005 Create an empty ewoc.
10006
10007 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10008
10009 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10010 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10011 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10012 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10013 `insert-before-markers'.
10014
10015 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10016 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10017 respectively, of the ewoc.
10018
10019 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10020 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10021 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10022
10023 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10024
10025 ;;;***
10026 \f
10027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22063 20273 743891 395000))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10029
10030 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10031 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10032 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10033 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10034 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10035
10036 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10037
10038 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10039 Fetch URL and render the page.
10040 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10041 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10042
10043 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10044 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10045
10046 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10047 Render FILE using EWW.
10048
10049 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10050
10051 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10052 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10053 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10054
10055 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10056
10057 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10058 Mode for browsing the web.
10059
10060 \(fn)" t nil)
10061
10062 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10063
10064
10065 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10066
10067 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10068 Display the bookmarks.
10069
10070 \(fn)" t nil)
10071
10072 ;;;***
10073 \f
10074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21988
10075 ;;;;;; 10682 37624 461000))
10076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10077
10078 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10079 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10080 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10081
10082 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10083
10084 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10085 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10086 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10087 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10088 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10089
10090 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10091
10092 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10093 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10094 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10095 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10096 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10097 executable.
10098
10099 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10100
10101 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10102 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10103 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10104 file modes.
10105
10106 \(fn)" nil nil)
10107
10108 ;;;***
10109 \f
10110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22011 58553 477858 469000))
10111 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10112
10113 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10114 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10115 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10116 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10117
10118 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10119
10120 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10121 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10122 to generate such functions.
10123
10124 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10125 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10126 beginning of the expanded text.
10127
10128 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10129 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10130 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10131 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10132
10133 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10134
10135 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10136
10137 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10138 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10139 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10140
10141 \(fn)" nil nil)
10142
10143 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10144 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10145 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10146
10147 \(fn)" t nil)
10148
10149 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10150 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10151 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10152
10153 \(fn)" t nil)
10154 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10155 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10156
10157 ;;;***
10158 \f
10159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22026 25907 635502
10160 ;;;;;; 692000))
10161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10162
10163 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10164 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10165 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10166
10167 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10168 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10169 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10170
10171 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10172
10173 Key definitions:
10174 \\{f90-mode-map}
10175
10176 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10177
10178 `f90-do-indent'
10179 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10180 `f90-if-indent'
10181 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10182 `f90-type-indent'
10183 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10184 `f90-program-indent'
10185 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10186 (default 2).
10187 `f90-associate-indent'
10188 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10189 `f90-critical-indent'
10190 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10191 `f90-continuation-indent'
10192 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10193 `f90-comment-region'
10194 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10195 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10196 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10197 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10198 (default \"!\").
10199 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10200 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10201 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10202 `f90-break-delimiters'
10203 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10204 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10205 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10206 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10207 (default t).
10208 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10209 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10210 `f90-smart-end'
10211 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10212 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10213 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10214 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10215 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10216 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10217 `f90-leave-line-no'
10218 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10219
10220 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10221 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10222
10223 \(fn)" t nil)
10224
10225 ;;;***
10226 \f
10227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21888 47150 706945
10228 ;;;;;; 440000))
10229 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10230
10231 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10232 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10233 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10234 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10235
10236 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10237 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10238 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10239 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10240 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10241
10242 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10243 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10244 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10245 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10246 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10247 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10248 attributes.
10249
10250 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10251 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10252
10253 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10254
10255 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10256 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10257 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10258 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10259
10260 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10261
10262 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10263 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10264 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10265 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10266
10267 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10268 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10269 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10270
10271 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10272 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10273 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10274 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10275
10276 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10277
10278 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10279 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10280 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10281
10282 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10283 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10284 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10285 the same amount).
10286
10287 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10288
10289 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10290 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10291 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10292
10293 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10294 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10295 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10296 will remove any scaling currently active.
10297
10298 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10299
10300 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10301 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10302 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10303
10304 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10305 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10306 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10307 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10308 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10309
10310 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10311 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10312
10313 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10314
10315 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10316 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10317
10318 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10319 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10320 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10321
10322 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10323 the face height as long as the input event read
10324 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10325
10326 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10327 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10328 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10329 will remove any scaling currently active.
10330
10331 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10332 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10333 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10334 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10335 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10336
10337 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10338
10339 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10340 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10341 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10342 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10343 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10344 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10345
10346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10347
10348 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10349 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10350 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10351 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10352 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10353 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10354 `buffer-face-mode'.
10355
10356 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10357 local, and sets it to FACE.
10358
10359 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10360
10361 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10362 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10363 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10364 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10365 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10366 `face' text property.
10367
10368 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10369 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10370 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10371 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10372
10373 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10374 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10375
10376 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10377
10378 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10379 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10380 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10381 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10382
10383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10384
10385 ;;;***
10386 \f
10387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22011 58553
10388 ;;;;;; 677858 469000))
10389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10390 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10391
10392 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10393 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10394 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10395 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10396
10397 \(fn)" nil nil)
10398
10399 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10400 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10401
10402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10403
10404 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10405 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10406 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10407 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10408
10409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10410
10411 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10412 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10413 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10414 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10415 backup file names and the like).
10416
10417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10418
10419 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10420 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10421 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10422 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10423 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10424 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10425 internally by feedmail):
10426
10427 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10428 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10429 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10430 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10431
10432 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10433 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10434 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10435 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10436 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10437
10438 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10439
10440 ;;;***
10441 \f
10442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21993 28596 82597 473000))
10443 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10444
10445 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10446 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10447 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10448 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10449 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10450 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10451 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10452
10453 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10454
10455 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10456 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10457 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10458 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10459 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10460 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10461 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10462
10463 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10464
10465 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10466
10467 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10468 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10469 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10470 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10471 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10472 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10473
10474 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10475
10476 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10477 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10478 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10479 Return value:
10480 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10481 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10482 * otherwise, nil
10483
10484 \(fn E)" t nil)
10485
10486 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10487 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10488 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10489
10490 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10491
10492 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10493 Try to get a file name at point.
10494 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10495
10496 \(fn)" nil nil)
10497
10498 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10499 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10500
10501 \(fn)" t nil)
10502
10503 ;;;***
10504 \f
10505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21740 23998 26747
10506 ;;;;;; 125000))
10507 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10508
10509 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10510 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10511 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10512 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10513
10514 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10515
10516 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10517 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10518 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10519 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10520 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10521 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10522
10523 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10524
10525 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10526 Add FILE to the file cache.
10527
10528 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10529
10530 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10531 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10532 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10533
10534 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10535
10536 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10537 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10538 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10539
10540 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10541
10542 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10543 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10544 This function does not use any external programs.
10545 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10546 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10547 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10548
10549 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10552 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10553 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10554 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10555 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10556 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10557 \(directories) is done.
10558
10559 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10560
10561 ;;;***
10562 \f
10563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22069 62806 562804
10564 ;;;;;; 836000))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10566
10567 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10568 Handle file system monitoring event.
10569 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10570
10571 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10572
10573 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10574
10575 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10576
10577 ;;;***
10578 \f
10579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21998 46517 38024 649000))
10580 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10581
10582 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10583 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10584
10585 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10586 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10587 Local Variables list.
10588
10589 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10590 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10591 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10592
10593 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10594
10595 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10596 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10597
10598 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10599
10600 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10601 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10602
10603 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10604 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10605 the -*- line.
10606
10607 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10608 then this function adds it.
10609
10610 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10611
10612 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10613 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10614
10615 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10616
10617 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10618 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10619
10620 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10621
10622 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10623 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10624
10625 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10626
10627 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10628 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10629
10630 \(fn)" t nil)
10631
10632 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10633 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10634
10635 \(fn)" t nil)
10636
10637 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10638 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10639
10640 \(fn)" t nil)
10641
10642 ;;;***
10643 \f
10644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22026 25907 587502
10645 ;;;;;; 692000))
10646 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10647
10648 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10649 Filesets initialization.
10650 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10651
10652 \(fn)" nil nil)
10653
10654 ;;;***
10655 \f
10656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22011 58553 489858
10657 ;;;;;; 469000))
10658 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10659 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10660
10661 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10662 Initiate the building of a find command.
10663 For example:
10664
10665 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10666 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10667 (mtime \"+1\"))
10668 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10669
10670 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10671 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10672
10673 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10674
10675 ;;;***
10676 \f
10677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22011 58553 489858
10678 ;;;;;; 469000))
10679 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10680
10681 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10682 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10683 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10684
10685 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10686
10687 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10688 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10689
10690 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10691
10692 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10693 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10694 and run Dired on those files.
10695 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10696 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10697
10698 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10699
10700 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10701
10702 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10703
10704 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10705 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10706 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10707
10708 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10709 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10710
10711 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10712 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10713
10714 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10715
10716 ;;;***
10717 \f
10718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22011 58553 489858
10719 ;;;;;; 469000))
10720 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10721
10722 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10723 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10724 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10725 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10726 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10727 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10728 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10729
10730 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10731
10732 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10733 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10734 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10735
10736 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10737
10738 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10739
10740 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10741
10742 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10743 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10744 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10745
10746 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10747 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10748
10749 Variables of interest include:
10750
10751 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10752 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10753 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10754
10755 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10756 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10757 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10758
10759 - `ff-ignore-include'
10760 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10761
10762 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10763 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10764
10765 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10766 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10767
10768 - `ff-special-constructs'
10769 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10770 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10771 extracting the filename from that construct.
10772
10773 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10774 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10775
10776 - `ff-search-directories'
10777 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10778 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10779
10780 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10781 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10782
10783 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10784 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10785
10786 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10787 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10788
10789 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10790 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10791
10792 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10793 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10794
10795 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10796
10797 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10798 Visit the file you click on.
10799
10800 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10801
10802 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10803 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10804
10805 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10806
10807 ;;;***
10808 \f
10809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22011
10810 ;;;;;; 58553 409858 469000))
10811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10812
10813 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10814 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10815 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10816
10817 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10818
10819 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10820 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10821 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10822 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10823
10824 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10825 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10826 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10827 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10828
10829 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10830
10831 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10832 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10833
10834 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10835 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10836 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10837 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10838
10839 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10840 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10841 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10842
10843 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10844 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10845 in `load-path'.
10846
10847 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10848
10849 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10850 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10851
10852 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10853 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10854 places point before the definition.
10855 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10856
10857 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10858 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10859 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10860
10861 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10862
10863 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10864 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10865
10866 See `find-function' for more details.
10867
10868 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10869
10870 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10871 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10872
10873 See `find-function' for more details.
10874
10875 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10876
10877 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10878 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10879
10880 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10881 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10882 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10883
10884 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10885 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10886
10887 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10888
10889 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10890 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10891
10892 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10893 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10894 places point before the definition.
10895
10896 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10897
10898 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10899 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10900 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10901
10902 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10903
10904 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10905 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10906
10907 See `find-variable' for more details.
10908
10909 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10910
10911 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10912 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10913
10914 See `find-variable' for more details.
10915
10916 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10917
10918 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10919 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10920 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10921 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10922 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10923 buffer nor display it.
10924
10925 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10926 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10927
10928 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10929
10930 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10931 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10932
10933 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10934 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10935 places point before the definition.
10936
10937 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10938
10939 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10940 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10941 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10942
10943 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10944
10945 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10946 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10947 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10948
10949 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10950
10951 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
10952 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
10953 See `find-function-on-key'.
10954
10955 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10956
10957 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
10958 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
10959 See `find-function-on-key'.
10960
10961 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10962
10963 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10964 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10965
10966 \(fn)" t nil)
10967
10968 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10969 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10970
10971 \(fn)" t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10974 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10975
10976 \(fn)" nil nil)
10977
10978 ;;;***
10979 \f
10980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
10981 ;;;;;; 725000))
10982 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10983
10984 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10985 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10986
10987 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10988
10989 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10990 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10991
10992 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10993
10994 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10995 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10996
10997 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10998
10999 ;;;***
11000 \f
11001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21998 46517 46024 649000))
11002 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11003 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11004
11005 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11006 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11007
11008 \(fn)" t nil)
11009
11010 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11011 Display FILE's commentary section.
11012 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11013
11014 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11015
11016 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11017 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11018
11019 \(fn)" t nil)
11020
11021 ;;;***
11022 \f
11023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
11024 ;;;;;; 725000))
11025 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11026
11027 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11028 Toggle flow control handling.
11029 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11030 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11031
11032 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11033
11034 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11035 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11036 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11037 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11038 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11039 to get the effect of a C-q.
11040
11041 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11042
11043 ;;;***
11044 \f
11045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
11046 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11048
11049 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11050
11051
11052 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11053
11054 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11055
11056
11057 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11058
11059 ;;;***
11060 \f
11061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22011 58553
11062 ;;;;;; 901858 469000))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11064 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11065
11066 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11067 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11068 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11069 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11070 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11071 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11072
11073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11074
11075 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11076 Turn flymake mode on.
11077
11078 \(fn)" nil nil)
11079
11080 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11081 Turn flymake mode off.
11082
11083 \(fn)" nil nil)
11084
11085 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11086
11087
11088 \(fn)" nil nil)
11089
11090 ;;;***
11091 \f
11092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21980 16568
11093 ;;;;;; 77544 893000))
11094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11095
11096 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11097 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11098
11099 \(fn)" t nil)
11100 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11101
11102 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11103 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11104 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11105 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11106 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11107
11108 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11109 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11110 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11111
11112 Bindings:
11113 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11114 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11115 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11116 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11117
11118 Hooks:
11119 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11120
11121 Remark:
11122 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11123 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11124 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11125
11126 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11127 consider adding:
11128 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11129 in your init file.
11130
11131 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11132 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11133
11134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11135
11136 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11137 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11138
11139 \(fn)" nil nil)
11140
11141 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11142 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11143
11144 \(fn)" nil nil)
11145
11146 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11147 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11148
11149 \(fn)" nil nil)
11150
11151 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11152 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11153
11154 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11155
11156 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11157 Flyspell whole buffer.
11158
11159 \(fn)" t nil)
11160
11161 ;;;***
11162 \f
11163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22011 58553 513858
11164 ;;;;;; 469000))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11166 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11167
11168 ;;;***
11169 \f
11170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22023 49716 552634 164000))
11171 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11172
11173 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11174 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11175
11176 \(fn)" nil nil)
11177
11178 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11179 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11180
11181 \(fn)" nil nil)
11182
11183 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11184 Toggle Follow mode.
11185 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11186 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11187 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11188
11189 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11190 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11191
11192 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11193 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11194 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11195
11196 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11197 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11198 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11199 movement commands.
11200
11201 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11202 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11203 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11204 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11205 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11206 mileage may vary).
11207
11208 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11209 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11210
11211 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11212
11213 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11214
11215 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11216 \\{follow-mode-map}
11217
11218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11219
11220 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11221 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11222
11223 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11224 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11225
11226 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11227 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11228
11229 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11230
11231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11232
11233 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11234 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11235
11236 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11237 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11238
11239 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11240 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11241
11242 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11243
11244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11245
11246 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11247 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11248
11249 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11250 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11251 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11252 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11253 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11254 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11255
11256 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11257 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11258 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11259
11260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11261
11262 ;;;***
11263 \f
11264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22026 25907
11265 ;;;;;; 595502 692000))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11267 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11268
11269 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11270 Toggle Footnote mode.
11271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11274
11275 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11276 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11277 play around with the following keys:
11278 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11279
11280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11281
11282 ;;;***
11283 \f
11284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21981 37426 535399 97000))
11285 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11286
11287 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11288 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11289
11290 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11291 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11292 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11293 C-c < forms-first-record <
11294 C-c > forms-last-record >
11295 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11296 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11297 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11298 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11299 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11300 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11301 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11302 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11303 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11304 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11305
11306 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11307
11308 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11309 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11310
11311 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11312
11313 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11314 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11315
11316 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11317
11318 ;;;***
11319 \f
11320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22011 58553
11321 ;;;;;; 901858 469000))
11322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11323
11324 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11325 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11326 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11327
11328 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11329 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11330
11331 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11332
11333 Key definitions:
11334 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11335
11336 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11337
11338 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11339 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11340 `fortran-do-indent'
11341 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11342 `fortran-if-indent'
11343 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11344 `fortran-structure-indent'
11345 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11346 (default 3)
11347 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11348 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11349 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11350 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11351 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11352 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11353 nil don't change the indentation
11354 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11355 value of either
11356 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11357 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11358 depending on the continuation format in use.
11359 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11360 indentation for a line of code.
11361 (default `fixed')
11362 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11363 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11364 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11365 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11366 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11367 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11368 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11369 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11370 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11371 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11372 column 5.
11373 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11374 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11375 statements (default nil).
11376 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11377 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11378 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11379 `fortran-continuation-string'
11380 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11381 line (default \"$\").
11382 `fortran-comment-region'
11383 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11384 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11385 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11386 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11387 as typed (default t).
11388 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11389 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11390
11391 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11392 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11393
11394 \(fn)" t nil)
11395
11396 ;;;***
11397 \f
11398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11399 ;;;;;; 720000))
11400 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11401
11402 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11403 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11404
11405 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11406 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11407
11408 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11409
11410 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11411 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11412
11413 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11414 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11415
11416 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11417
11418 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11419 Compile fortune file.
11420
11421 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11422 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11423
11424 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11425
11426 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11427 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11428
11429 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11430 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11431 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11432 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11433
11434 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11435
11436 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11437 Display a fortune cookie.
11438 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11439 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11440 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11441 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11442
11443 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11444
11445 ;;;***
11446 \f
11447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21799 41766 981374
11448 ;;;;;; 972000))
11449 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11450
11451 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11452 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11453 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11454
11455 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11456 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11457 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11458
11459 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11460 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11461
11462 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11463 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11464
11465 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11466 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11467 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11468 intend to modify existing values, do
11469
11470 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11471
11472 before changing anything.
11473
11474 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11475 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11476
11477 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11478 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11479 to restore the frame.
11480
11481 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11482 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11483 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11484
11485 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11486 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11487 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11488 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11489 FILTER A filter function.
11490
11491 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11492 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11493
11494 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11495
11496 where
11497
11498 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11499 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11500 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11501 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11502 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11503 before restoring it.
11504 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11505
11506 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11507 It must return:
11508 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11509 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11510 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11511
11512 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11513 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11514
11515 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11516 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11517 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11518 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11519 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11520 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11521 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11522
11523 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11524
11525 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11526 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11527
11528 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11529
11530 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11531 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11532 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11533 If nil, check all live frames.
11534
11535 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11536
11537 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11538 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11539 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11540 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11541 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11542 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11543 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11544 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11545 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11546 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11547 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11548
11549 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11550
11551 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11552 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11553
11554 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11555 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11556 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11557 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11558 and window-state is not restored.
11559
11560 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11561 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11562
11563 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11564 t All existing frames can be reused.
11565 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11566 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11567 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11568 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11569
11570 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11571 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11572 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11573 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11574 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11575 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11576 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11577 be created from that parameter alist.
11578
11579 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11580 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11581 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11582 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11583 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11584 - the live frame just restored,
11585 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11586 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11587 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11588
11589 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11590 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11591 nil Keep all frames.
11592 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11593 - FRAME, a live frame.
11594 - ACTION, which can be one of
11595 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11596 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11597 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11598 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11599 Return value is ignored.
11600
11601 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11602 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11603 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11604 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11605 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11606
11607 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11608
11609 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11610
11611 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11612 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11613 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11614
11615 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11616
11617 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11618 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11619 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11620
11621 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11622
11623 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11624 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11625 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11626 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11627
11628 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11629
11630 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11631
11632 ;;;***
11633 \f
11634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 38720
11635 ;;;;;; 956749 443000))
11636 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11637 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11638
11639 ;;;***
11640 \f
11641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22030 22952
11642 ;;;;;; 977158 467000))
11643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11644
11645 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11646 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11647 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11648
11649 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11650
11651 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11652 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11653 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11654 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11655 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11656 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11657 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11658
11659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11660
11661 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11662 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11663 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11664 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11665
11666 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11667 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11668 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11669 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11670 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11671
11672 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11673 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11674 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11675 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11676
11677 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11678 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11679 shown in some of the buffers.
11680
11681 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11682
11683 The following commands help control operation :
11684
11685 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11686 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11687
11688 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11689 detailed description of this mode.
11690
11691
11692 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11693 | GDB Toolbar |
11694 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11695 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11696 | | |
11697 | | |
11698 | | |
11699 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11700 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11701 | | (comint-mode) |
11702 | | |
11703 | | |
11704 | | |
11705 | | |
11706 | | |
11707 | | |
11708 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11709 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11710 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11711 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11712 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11713 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11714
11715 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11716
11717 ;;;***
11718 \f
11719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11720 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11722
11723 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11724 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11725 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11726 instead (which see).")
11727
11728 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11729 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11730
11731 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11732 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11733 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11734 documentation string instead.
11735
11736 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11737 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11738 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11739 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11740 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11741 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11742 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11743 enders are actually possible.
11744
11745 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11746 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11747
11748 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11749 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11750 `font-lock-keywords'.
11751
11752 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11753 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11754 runs the macro expansion.
11755
11756 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11757 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11758 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11759
11760 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11761
11762 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11763
11764 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11765
11766 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11767
11768 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11769 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11770
11771 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11772
11773 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11774 Enter generic mode MODE.
11775
11776 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11777 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11778 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11779
11780 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11781 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11782
11783 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11784
11785 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11786 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11787 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11788 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11789 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11790 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11791 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11792 `font-lock-keywords'.
11793
11794 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11795
11796 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11797
11798 ;;;***
11799 \f
11800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22011 58553
11801 ;;;;;; 901858 469000))
11802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11803
11804 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11805 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11806 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11807 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11808 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11809 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11810
11811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11812
11813 ;;;***
11814 \f
11815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21993 28596
11816 ;;;;;; 86597 473000))
11817 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11818
11819 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11820 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11821 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11822
11823 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11824
11825 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11826 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11827
11828 Guideline for numbers:
11829 1 - error messages
11830 3 - non-serious error messages
11831 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11832 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11833 9 - messages inside loops.
11834
11835 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11836
11837 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11838 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11839 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11840
11841 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11842
11843 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11844 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11845
11846 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11847
11848 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11849 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11850
11851 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11852 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11853 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11854 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11855 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11856 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11857
11858 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11859 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11860 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11861 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11862 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11863
11864 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11865
11866 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11867
11868 ;;;***
11869 \f
11870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22011 58553 561858 469000))
11871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11872 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11873 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11874 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11875
11876 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11877 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11878
11879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11880
11881 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11882 Read network news.
11883 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11884 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11885 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11886 name of an NNTP server to use.
11887 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11888 server.
11889
11890 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11891
11892 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11893 Read news as a slave.
11894
11895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11896
11897 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11898 Pop up a frame to read news.
11899 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11900 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11901 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11902 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11903 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11904 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11905 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11906 current display is used.
11907
11908 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11909
11910 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11911 Read network news.
11912 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11913 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11914 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11915
11916 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11917
11918 ;;;***
11919 \f
11920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21989 31537
11921 ;;;;;; 791825 721000))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11923
11924 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11925 Start Gnus unplugged.
11926
11927 \(fn)" t nil)
11928
11929 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11930 Start Gnus plugged.
11931
11932 \(fn)" t nil)
11933
11934 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11935 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11936
11937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11938
11939 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11940 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11941
11942 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11943 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11944 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11945
11946 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11947 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11948 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11949
11950 \(fn)" t nil)
11951
11952 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11953 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11954
11955 \(fn)" nil nil)
11956
11957 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11958 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11959 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11960 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11961 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11962 supported.
11963
11964 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11965
11966 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11967 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11968 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11969 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11970 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11971 supported.
11972
11973 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11974
11975 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11976 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11977
11978 \(fn)" nil nil)
11979
11980 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11981 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11982 downloaded into the agent.
11983
11984 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11985
11986 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11987 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11988 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11989 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11990
11991 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11992
11993 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11994 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11995
11996 \(fn)" t nil)
11997
11998 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11999 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12000
12001 \(fn)" t nil)
12002
12003 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12004 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12005 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12006
12007 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12008
12009 ;;;***
12010 \f
12011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22011 58553
12012 ;;;;;; 521858 469000))
12013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12014
12015 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12016 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12017
12018 \(fn)" nil nil)
12019
12020 ;;;***
12021 \f
12022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22011
12023 ;;;;;; 58553 521858 469000))
12024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12025
12026 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12027 Set a bookmark for this article.
12028
12029 \(fn)" t nil)
12030
12031 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12032 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12033
12034 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12035
12036 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12037 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12038 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12039 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12040 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12041
12042 \(fn)" t nil)
12043
12044 ;;;***
12045 \f
12046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
12047 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12048 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12049
12050 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12051 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12052
12053 Usage:
12054 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12055
12056 \(fn)" t nil)
12057
12058 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12059 Generate the cache active file.
12060
12061 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12062
12063 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12064 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12065
12066 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12067
12068 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12069 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12070 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12071 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12072 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12073 supported.
12074
12075 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12076
12077 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12078 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12079 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12080 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12081 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12082 supported.
12083
12084 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12085
12086 ;;;***
12087 \f
12088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
12089 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12091
12092 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12093 Delay this article by some time.
12094 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12095
12096 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12097 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12098
12099 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12100 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12101
12102 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12103 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12104
12105 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12106
12107 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12108 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12109
12110 \(fn)" t nil)
12111
12112 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12113 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12114 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12115 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12116
12117 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12118 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12119
12120 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12121
12122 ;;;***
12123 \f
12124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
12125 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12127
12128 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12129
12130
12131 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12132
12133 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12134
12135
12136 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12137
12138 ;;;***
12139 \f
12140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12141 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12143
12144 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12145 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12146
12147 \(fn)" t nil)
12148
12149 ;;;***
12150 \f
12151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12152 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12154
12155 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12156 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12157
12158 \(fn)" t nil)
12159
12160 ;;;***
12161 \f
12162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21989 31537
12163 ;;;;;; 811825 721000))
12164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12165
12166 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12167 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12168
12169 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12170
12171 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12172
12173 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12174 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12175
12176 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12177
12178 \(fn)" t nil)
12179
12180 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12181 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12182
12183 \(fn)" t nil)
12184
12185 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12186 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12187
12188 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12189 different input formats.
12190
12191 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12192
12193 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12194 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12195
12196 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12197 different input formats.
12198
12199 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12200
12201 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12202 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12203 The PNG is returned as a string.
12204
12205 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12206
12207 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12208 Convert FILE to a Face.
12209 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12210 726 bytes.
12211
12212 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12213
12214 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12215 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12216
12217 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12218
12219 \(fn)" t nil)
12220
12221 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12222 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12223
12224 \(fn)" nil nil)
12225
12226 ;;;***
12227 \f
12228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12229 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12231
12232 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12233 Display gravatar in the From header.
12234 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12235
12236 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12237
12238 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12239 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12240 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12241
12242 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12243
12244 ;;;***
12245 \f
12246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22011 58553
12247 ;;;;;; 529858 469000))
12248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12249
12250 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12251 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12252 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12253 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12254
12255 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12256
12257 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12258 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12259
12260 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12261
12262 ;;;***
12263 \f
12264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21972 22452
12265 ;;;;;; 190264 357000))
12266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12267
12268 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12269
12270
12271 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12272
12273 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12274
12275
12276 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12277
12278 ;;;***
12279 \f
12280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12281 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12283
12284 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12285
12286 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12287 Run batched scoring.
12288 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12289
12290 \(fn)" t nil)
12291
12292 ;;;***
12293 \f
12294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12295 ;;;;;; 725000))
12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12297
12298 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12299
12300
12301 \(fn)" nil nil)
12302
12303 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12304 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12305 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12306
12307 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12308
12309 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12310 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12311
12312 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12313
12314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12315
12316 ;;;***
12317 \f
12318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22011 58553
12319 ;;;;;; 529858 469000))
12320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12321
12322 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12323 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12324 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12325 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12326 group parameters.
12327
12328 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12329 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12330 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12331 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12332
12333 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12334 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12335 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12336 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12337 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12338 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12339 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12340 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12341 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12342 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12343
12344 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12345
12346 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12347 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12348 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12349 nil CATCH-ALL).
12350
12351 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12352 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12353
12354 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12355
12356 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12357 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12358 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12359
12360 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12361
12362 \(fn)" nil nil)
12363
12364 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12365 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12366 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12367
12368 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12369
12370 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12371 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12372 existing groups are considered.
12373
12374 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12375 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12376 returned.
12377
12378 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12379 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12380 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12381 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12382 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12383 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12384 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12385 clauses will be generated.
12386
12387 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12388 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12389 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12390 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12391 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12392 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12393
12394 For example, given the following group parameters:
12395
12396 nnml:mail.bar:
12397 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12398 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12399 nnml:mail.foo:
12400 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12401 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12402 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12403 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12404 nnml:mail.others:
12405 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12406
12407 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12408
12409 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12410 \"mail.bar\")
12411 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12412 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12413 \"mail.others\")
12414
12415 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12416
12417 ;;;***
12418 \f
12419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21725 56638
12420 ;;;;;; 795320 63000))
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12422
12423 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12424 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12425 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12426 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12427 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12428 instead.
12429
12430 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12431
12432 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12433 Mail to ADDRESS.
12434
12435 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12436
12437 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12438 Like `message-reply'.
12439
12440 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12441
12442 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12443
12444 ;;;***
12445 \f
12446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12447 ;;;;;; (21757 29489 158925 687000))
12448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12449
12450 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12451 Send a notification on new message.
12452 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12453 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12454 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12455
12456 This is typically a function to add in
12457 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12458
12459 \(fn)" nil nil)
12460
12461 ;;;***
12462 \f
12463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12464 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12466
12467 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12468 Display picons in the From header.
12469 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12470
12471 \(fn)" t nil)
12472
12473 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12474 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12475 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12476
12477 \(fn)" t nil)
12478
12479 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12480 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12481 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12482
12483 \(fn)" t nil)
12484
12485 ;;;***
12486 \f
12487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12488 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12490
12491 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12492 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12493 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12494 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12495
12496 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12497
12498 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12499 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12500 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12501 LIST1 is modified.
12502
12503 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12504
12505 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12506 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12507 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12508
12509 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12510
12511 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12512
12513
12514 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12515
12516 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12517 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12518 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12519
12520 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12521
12522 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12523 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12524 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12525
12526 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12527
12528 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12529
12530 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12531 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12532 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12533
12534 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12535
12536 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12537 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12538 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12539
12540 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12541
12542 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12543 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12544 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12545
12546 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12547
12548 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12549 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12550
12551 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12552
12553 ;;;***
12554 \f
12555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22011
12556 ;;;;;; 58553 541858 469000))
12557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12558
12559 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12560 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12561
12562 \(fn)" t nil)
12563
12564 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12565 Install the registry hooks.
12566
12567 \(fn)" t nil)
12568
12569 ;;;***
12570 \f
12571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22011 58553
12572 ;;;;;; 541858 469000))
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12574
12575 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12576 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12577 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12578 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12579 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12580 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12581
12582 \(fn)" t nil)
12583
12584 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12585 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12586 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12587 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12588 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12589
12590 \(fn)" t nil)
12591
12592 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12593
12594
12595 \(fn)" t nil)
12596
12597 ;;;***
12598 \f
12599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12600 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12602
12603 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12604 Update the format specification near point.
12605
12606 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12607
12608 ;;;***
12609 \f
12610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21993 28596
12611 ;;;;;; 102597 473000))
12612 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12613
12614 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12615 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12616
12617 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12618
12619 ;;;***
12620 \f
12621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21993 28596
12622 ;;;;;; 110597 473000))
12623 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12624
12625 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12626 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12627 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12628
12629 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12630
12631 ;;;***
12632 \f
12633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21832 3452
12634 ;;;;;; 581913 198000))
12635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12636
12637 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12638 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12639
12640 \(fn)" t nil)
12641
12642 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12643 Install the sync hooks.
12644
12645 \(fn)" t nil)
12646
12647 ;;;***
12648 \f
12649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12650 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12651 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12652
12653 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12654 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12655
12656 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12657
12658 ;;;***
12659 \f
12660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22011 58553 761858
12661 ;;;;;; 469000))
12662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12663
12664 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12665 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12666 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12667 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12668 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12669 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12670
12671 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12672
12673 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12674
12675 ;;;***
12676 \f
12677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21998 46517 190024
12678 ;;;;;; 649000))
12679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12680
12681 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12682 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12683
12684 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12685 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12686 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12687
12688 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12689 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12690 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12691
12692 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12693 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12694
12695 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12696 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12697
12698 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12699
12700 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12701
12702 ;;;***
12703 \f
12704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12705 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12706 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12707
12708 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12709
12710 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12711 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12712 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12713 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12714 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12715
12716 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12717
12718 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12719 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12720 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12721 or to send e-mail.
12722 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12723 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12724
12725 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12726 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12727
12728 \(fn)" t nil)
12729 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12730
12731 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12732 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12734 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12735 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12736
12737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12738
12739 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12740 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12741
12742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12743
12744 ;;;***
12745 \f
12746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12747 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12749
12750 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12751 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12752 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12753
12754 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12755
12756 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12757 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12758
12759 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12760
12761 ;;;***
12762 \f
12763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22061 64938 520287
12764 ;;;;;; 963000))
12765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12766
12767 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12768 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12769
12770 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12771
12772 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12773 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12774 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12775 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12776 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12777
12778 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12779 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12780 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12781
12782 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12783
12784 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12785 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12786 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12787 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12788 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12789
12790 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12791
12792 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12793 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12794
12795 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12796
12797 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12798 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12799
12800 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12801 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12802 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12803
12804 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12805 The default find program.
12806 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12807 and others.")
12808
12809 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12810 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12811 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12812 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12813
12814 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12815 How to invoke find and grep.
12816 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12817 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12818 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12819 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12820
12821 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12822
12823 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12824 History list for grep.")
12825
12826 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12827 History list for grep-find.")
12828
12829 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12830 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12831 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12832
12833 \(fn)" nil nil)
12834
12835 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12836
12837
12838 \(fn)" nil nil)
12839
12840 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12841 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12842
12843 \(fn)" nil nil)
12844
12845 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12846 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12847 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12848 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12849 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12850
12851 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12852 arguments.
12853
12854 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12855 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12856
12857 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12858 can easily repeat a grep command.
12859
12860 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12861 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12862 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12863 list is empty).
12864
12865 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12866
12867 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12868 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12869 Collect output in a buffer.
12870 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12871 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12872
12873 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12874 easily repeat a find command.
12875
12876 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12877
12878 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12879
12880 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12881 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12882 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12883 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12884 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12885
12886 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12887 before it is executed.
12888 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12889
12890 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12891 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12892 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12893
12894 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12895
12896 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12897
12898 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12899 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12900 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12901 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12902 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12903
12904 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12905 before it is executed.
12906 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12907
12908 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12909 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12910 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12911 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12912
12913 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12914
12915 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12916 to specify a command to run.
12917
12918 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12919
12920 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12921 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12922 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12923 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12924
12925 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12926
12927 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12928
12929 ;;;***
12930 \f
12931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12933
12934 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12935 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12936 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12937 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12938 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12939
12940 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12941
12942 ;;;***
12943 \f
12944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22018 31799 115263
12945 ;;;;;; 120000))
12946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12947
12948 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12949 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12950 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12951 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12952
12953 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12954
12955 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12956 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12957 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12958 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12959
12960 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12961
12962 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12963 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12964 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12965 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12966
12967 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12968
12969 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12970 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12971 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12972 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12973
12974 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12975 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12976
12977 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12978
12979 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12980 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12981 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12982 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12983
12984 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12985
12986 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12987 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12988 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12989 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12990
12991 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12992
12993 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12994 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12995 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12996 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12997
12998 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12999
13000 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13001 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13002 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13003 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13004 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13005
13006 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13007 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13008 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13009 original source file access method.
13010
13011 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13012 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13013
13014 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13015
13016 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13017 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13018
13019 \(fn)" t nil)
13020
13021 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13022 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13023 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13024 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13025 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13026 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13027
13028 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13029
13030 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13031 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13033 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13034 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13035
13036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13037
13038 ;;;***
13039 \f
13040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22011 58553 409858
13041 ;;;;;; 469000))
13042 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13043
13044 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13045 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13046 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13047 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13048 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13049 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13050 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13051 set it to.
13052 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13053
13054 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13055
13056 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13057 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13058 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13059 of PLACE.
13060 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13061 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13062 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13063 and SETTER.
13064 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13065 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13066
13067 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13068
13069 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13070
13071 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13072 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13073 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13074 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13075 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13076
13077 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13078
13079 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13080
13081 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13082
13083
13084 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13085
13086 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13087
13088 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13089
13090 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13091 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13092 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13093 well for simple place forms.
13094 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13095 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13096 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13097 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13098 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13099 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13100 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13101
13102 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13103
13104 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13105
13106 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13107 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13108 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13109 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13110 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13111
13112 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13113 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13114 (let ((temp VAL))
13115 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13116 temp)
13117 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13118
13119 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13120
13121 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13122 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13123 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13124 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13125 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13126 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13127
13128 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13129
13130 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13131
13132 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13133 Return a reference to PLACE.
13134 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13135 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13136 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13137 binding mode.
13138
13139 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13140
13141 ;;;***
13142 \f
13143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22026 25907
13144 ;;;;;; 631502 692000))
13145 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13146
13147 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13148 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13149 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13150 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13151
13152 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13153 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13154 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13155 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13156
13157 \(fn)" t nil)
13158
13159 ;;;***
13160 \f
13161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13162 ;;;;;; 635000))
13163 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13164
13165 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13166 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13167
13168 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13169
13170 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13171 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13172 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13173 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13174
13175 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13176
13177 \(fn)" t nil)
13178
13179 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13180 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13181 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13182 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13183 to be updated.
13184
13185 \(fn)" t nil)
13186
13187 ;;;***
13188 \f
13189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13190 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13191 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13192
13193 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13194 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13195
13196 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13197
13198 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13199 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13200 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13201
13202 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13203
13204 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13205 Verify a hashcash payment
13206
13207 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13208
13209 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13210 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13211 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13212 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13213 `mail-add-payment-async').
13214
13215 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13216
13217 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13218 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13219 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13220 Calculation is asynchronous.
13221
13222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13223
13224 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13225 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13226 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13227
13228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13229
13230 ;;;***
13231 \f
13232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13233 ;;;;;; 720000))
13234 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13235
13236 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13237 Return the help-echo string at point.
13238 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13239 property, or nil, is returned.
13240 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13241 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13242 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13243
13244 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13245
13246 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13247 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13248 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13249 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13250 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13251
13252 \(fn)" nil nil)
13253
13254 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13255 Display local help in the echo area.
13256 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13257 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13258 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13259 printed instead.
13260
13261 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13262 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13263 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13264
13265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13266
13267 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13268 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13269 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13270
13271 \(fn)" t nil)
13272
13273 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13274 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13275 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13276
13277 \(fn)" t nil)
13278
13279 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13280 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13281 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13282 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13283 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13284 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13285 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13286 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13287 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13288 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13289 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13290
13291 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13292 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13293 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13294 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13295 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13296
13297 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13298 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13299 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13300 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13301 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13302 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13303 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13304 The default is `never'.")
13305
13306 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13309 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13310 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13311 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13312 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13313 considered different regions.
13314
13315 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13316 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13317 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13318 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13319 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13320 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13321 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13322 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13323 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13324
13325 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13326
13327 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13328 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13329 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13330 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13331 different regions.
13332
13333 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13334 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13335 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13336 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13337 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13338 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13339 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13340 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13341
13342 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13343 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13344 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13345 rarely happens in practice.
13346
13347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13348
13349 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13350 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13351 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13352 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13353 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13354 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13355
13356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13357
13358 ;;;***
13359 \f
13360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22067 17342 162157
13361 ;;;;;; 143000))
13362 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13363
13364 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13365 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13366
13367 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13368
13369 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13370 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13371 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13372
13373 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13374
13375 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13376 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13377 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13378 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13379 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13380 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13381 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13382
13383 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13384 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13385 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13386 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13387 suitable file is found, return nil.
13388
13389 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13390
13391 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13392
13393
13394 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13395
13396 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13397 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13398 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13399 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13400
13401 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13402
13403 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13404 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13405 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13406 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13407 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13408 it is displayed along with the global value.
13409
13410 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13411
13412 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13413 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13414 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13415
13416 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13417
13418 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13419 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13420 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13421 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13422
13423 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13424
13425 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13426 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13427 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13428 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13429 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13430
13431 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13432
13433 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13434 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13435
13436 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13437
13438 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13439 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13440
13441 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13442
13443 ;;;***
13444 \f
13445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13446 ;;;;;; 720000))
13447 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13448
13449 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13450 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13451 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13452 window listing and describing the options.
13453 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13454 gives the window that lists the options.")
13455
13456 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13457
13458 ;;;***
13459 \f
13460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21972 22452 270264
13461 ;;;;;; 357000))
13462 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13463
13464 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13465 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13466 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13467 Commands:
13468 \\{help-mode-map}
13469
13470 \(fn)" t nil)
13471
13472 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13473 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13474
13475 \(fn)" nil nil)
13476
13477 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13478 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13479
13480 \(fn)" nil nil)
13481
13482 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13483 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13484
13485 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13486 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13487 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13488 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13489
13490 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13491 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13492 restore it properly when going back.
13493
13494 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13495
13496 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13497 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13498 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13499 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13500 from `help-mode'.
13501 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13502 it does not already exist.
13503
13504 \(fn)" nil nil)
13505
13506 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13507 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13508
13509 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13510 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13511 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13512 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13513 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13514 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13515 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13516 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13517
13518 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13519 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13520 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13521 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13522
13523 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13524 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13525 that.
13526
13527 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13528
13529 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13530 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13531 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13532 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13533 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13534 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13535
13536 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13537
13538 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13539 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13540 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13541 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13542 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13543
13544 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13545
13546 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13547 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13548
13549 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13550
13551 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13552
13553 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13554 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13555 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13556 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13557
13558 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13559
13560 ;;;***
13561 \f
13562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13563 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13565
13566 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13567 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13568
13569 \(fn)" t nil)
13570
13571 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13572 Provide help for current mode.
13573
13574 \(fn)" t nil)
13575
13576 ;;;***
13577 \f
13578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22056 47028 723798 795000))
13579 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13580
13581 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13582 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13583 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13584 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13585 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13586
13587 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13588 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13589
13590 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13591 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13592 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13593 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13594
13595 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13596 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13597 periods.
13598
13599 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13600 in hexl format.
13601
13602 A sample format:
13603
13604 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13605 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13606 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13607 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13608 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13609 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13610 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13611 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13612 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13613 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13614 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13615 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13616 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13617 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13618 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13619
13620 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13621 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13622 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13623
13624 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13625 also supported.
13626
13627 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13628
13629 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13630 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13631 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13632
13633 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13634 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13635 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13636
13637 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13638 into the buffer at the current point.
13639
13640 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13641 into the buffer at the current point.
13642
13643 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13644 into the buffer at the current point.
13645
13646 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13647
13648 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13649 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13650
13651 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13652
13653 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13654
13655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13656
13657 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13658 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13659 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13660 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13661
13662 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13663
13664 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13665 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13666 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13667
13668 \(fn)" t nil)
13669
13670 ;;;***
13671 \f
13672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21993 28596 134597
13673 ;;;;;; 473000))
13674 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13675
13676 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13677 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13678 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13679 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13680 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13681
13682 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13683 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13684 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13685 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13686
13687 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13688 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13689 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13690 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13691
13692 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13693 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13694 which can be called interactively, are:
13695
13696 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13697 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13698
13699 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13700 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13701 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13702 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13703
13704 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13705 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13706
13707 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13708 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13709 available face automatically.
13710
13711 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13712 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13713
13714 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13715 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13716 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13717 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13718 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13719 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13720 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13721 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13722 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13723 function returns t.
13724
13725 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13726 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13727
13728 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13729 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13730 form:
13731 Hi-lock: FOO
13732
13733 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13734 position (number of characters into buffer)
13735 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13736 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13737 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13738
13739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13740
13741 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13742 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13743 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13746 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13747
13748 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13749
13750 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13751 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13752 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13753 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13754 ARG is omitted or nil.
13755
13756 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13757 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13758 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13759
13760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13761
13762 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13763
13764 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13765 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13766 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13767 Use the global history list for FACE.
13768
13769 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13770 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13771 highlighting will not update as you type.
13772
13773 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13774
13775 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13776
13777 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13778 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13779 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13780 Use the global history list for FACE.
13781
13782 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13783 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13784 highlighting will not update as you type.
13785
13786 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13787
13788 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13789
13790 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13791 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13792 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13793 Use the global history list for FACE.
13794
13795 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13796 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13797 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13798
13799 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13800 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13801 highlighting will not update as you type.
13802
13803 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13804
13805 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13806
13807 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13808 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13809 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13810 unless you use a prefix argument.
13811 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13812
13813 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13814 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13815
13816 \(fn)" t nil)
13817
13818 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13819
13820 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13821 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13822 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13823 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13824 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13825 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13826
13827 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13828
13829 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13830 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13831
13832 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13833 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13834 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13835
13836 \(fn)" t nil)
13837
13838 ;;;***
13839 \f
13840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21989 31537
13841 ;;;;;; 939825 721000))
13842 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13843
13844 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13845 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13847 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13848 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13849
13850 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13851 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13852 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13853 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13854
13855 `hide-ifdef-env'
13856 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13857 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13858 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13859 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13860 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13861 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13862 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13863
13864 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13865 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13866 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13867 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13868 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13869
13870 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13871 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13872 #endif lines when hiding.
13873
13874 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13875 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13876 is activated.
13877
13878 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13879 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13880 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13881
13882 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13883
13884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13885
13886 ;;;***
13887 \f
13888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22026 25907
13889 ;;;;;; 635502 692000))
13890 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13891
13892 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13893 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13894 Each element has the form
13895 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13896
13897 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13898 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13899
13900 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13901 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13902
13903 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13904 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13905 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13906 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13907 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13908 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13909
13910 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13911 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13912
13913 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13914 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13915
13916 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13917 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13918 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13919
13920 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13921 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13922 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13923 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13924 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13925
13926 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13927 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13928 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13929
13930 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13931 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13932 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13933
13934 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13935 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13936
13937 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13938
13939 Key bindings:
13940 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13941
13942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13943
13944 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13945 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13946
13947 \(fn)" nil nil)
13948
13949 ;;;***
13950 \f
13951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21980 16567 693544
13952 ;;;;;; 893000))
13953 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13954
13955 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13956 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13958 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13959 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13960
13961 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13962 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13963 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13964 this on and off.
13965
13966 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13967 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13968 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13969 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13970 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13971 through various faces.
13972 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13973 buffer with the contents of a file
13974 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13975
13976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13977
13978 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13979 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13980 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13981 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13982 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13983
13984 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13985 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13986 in a distinctive face.
13987
13988 The default value can be customized with variable
13989 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13990
13991 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13992
13993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13994
13995 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13996 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13997 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13998
13999 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14000
14001 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14002 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14003
14004 \(fn)" t nil)
14005
14006 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14007 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14008
14009 \(fn)" t nil)
14010
14011 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14012 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14013
14014 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14015 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14016 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14017 shown in the last face in the list.
14018
14019 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14020 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14021 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14022
14023 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14024
14025 \(fn)" t nil)
14026
14027 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14028 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14029
14030 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14031
14032 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14033 to save the file.
14034
14035 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14036 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14037
14038 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14039 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14040 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14041
14042 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14043
14044 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14045 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14046
14047 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14048 this function is called interactively.
14049
14050 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14051 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14052 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14053
14054 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14055 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14056 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14057
14058 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14059
14060 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14061 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14062 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14063 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14064 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14065 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14066
14067 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14068
14069 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14070 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14071 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14072 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14073 ARG is omitted or nil.
14074
14075 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14076 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14077 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14078
14079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14080
14081 ;;;***
14082 \f
14083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21850 34968 457268
14084 ;;;;;; 630000))
14085 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14086 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14087
14088 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14089 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14090 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14091 or insert functions in this list.")
14092
14093 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14094
14095 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14096 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14097 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14098 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14099 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14100 expansions.
14101 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14102 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14103 undoes the expansion.
14104
14105 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14106
14107 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14108 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14109 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14110 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14111
14112 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14113
14114 ;;;***
14115 \f
14116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
14117 ;;;;;; 720000))
14118 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14119
14120 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14121 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14122 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14123 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14124 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14125
14126 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14127 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14128 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14129 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14130 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14131 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14132
14133 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14134 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14135 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14136 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14137
14138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14139
14140 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14141 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14142 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14143 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14144 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14145 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14146
14147 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14148
14149 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14150 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14151 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14152 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14153 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14154
14155 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14156 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14157 windows.
14158
14159 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14160 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14161
14162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14163
14164 ;;;***
14165 \f
14166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22026 25907
14167 ;;;;;; 551502 692000))
14168 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14169
14170 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14171 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14172 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14173
14174 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14175
14176 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14177
14178 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14179 Oriental holidays.
14180 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14181
14182 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14183
14184 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14185
14186 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14187 Local holidays.
14188 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14189
14190 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14191
14192 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14193
14194 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14195 User defined holidays.
14196 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14197
14198 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14199
14200 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14201
14202 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14203 Jewish holidays.
14204 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14205
14206 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14207
14208 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14209
14210 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14211 Christian holidays.
14212 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14213
14214 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14215
14216 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14217
14218 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14219 Islamic holidays.
14220 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14221
14222 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14223
14224 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14225
14226 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14227 Bahá’í holidays.
14228 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14229
14230 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14231
14232 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14233
14234 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14235 Sun-related holidays.
14236 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14237
14238 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14239
14240 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14241
14242 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14243
14244 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14245 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14246 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14247 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14248
14249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14250
14251 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14252 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14253 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14254 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14255 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14256
14257 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14258 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14259
14260 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14261 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14262
14263 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14264 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14265 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14266 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14267 of a holiday list.
14268
14269 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14270
14271 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14272
14273 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14274
14275 ;;;***
14276 \f
14277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14278 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14280
14281 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14282 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14283
14284 \(fn)" t nil)
14285
14286 ;;;***
14287 \f
14288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22026 25907
14289 ;;;;;; 591502 692000))
14290 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14291 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14292
14293 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14294 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14295 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14296 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14297 as possible.
14298
14299 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14300 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14301 fontified display.
14302
14303 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14304 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14305
14306 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14307 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14308 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14309
14310 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14311
14312 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14313 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14314 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14315
14316 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14317
14318 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14319
14320 ;;;***
14321 \f
14322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14323 ;;;;;; 720000))
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14325
14326 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14327 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14328
14329 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14330 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14331 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14332
14333 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14334 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14335 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14336 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14337 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14338 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14339
14340 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14341 title of the column.
14342
14343 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14344 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14345 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14346 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14347 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14348
14349 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14350
14351 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14352
14353 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14354 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14355 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14356 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14357 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14358
14359 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14360 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14361 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14362
14363 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14364
14365 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14366
14367 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14368
14369 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14370 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14371 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14372 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14373 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14374 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14375
14376 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14377 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14378 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14379 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14380 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14381 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14382 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14383 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14384 values are:
14385 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14386 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14387 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14388 buffer's modification flag.
14389 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14390 prompted before performing this operation.
14391 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14392 operation is complete, in the form:
14393 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14394 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14395 confirmation message, in the form:
14396 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14397 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14398 macro for exactly what it does.
14399
14400 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14401
14402 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14403
14404 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14405
14406 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14407 Define a filter named NAME.
14408 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14409 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14410 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14411
14412 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14413 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14414 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14415 bound to the current value of the filter.
14416
14417 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14418
14419 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14420
14421 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14422
14423 ;;;***
14424 \f
14425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22032 64681 350838
14426 ;;;;;; 183000))
14427 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14428
14429 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14430 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14431 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14432 buffers which are visiting a file.
14433
14434 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14435
14436 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14437 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14438 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14439 buffers which are visiting a file.
14440
14441 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14442
14443 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14444 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14445 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14446
14447 All arguments are optional.
14448 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14449 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14450 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14451 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14452 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14453 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14454 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14455 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14456 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14457 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14458 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14459 that value locally in this buffer.
14460
14461 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14462
14463 ;;;***
14464 \f
14465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22026
14466 ;;;;;; 25907 551502 692000))
14467 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14468 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14469
14470 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14471 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14472 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14473 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14474
14475 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14476
14477 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14478 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14479 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14480 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14481 ICAL-FILENAME.
14482 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14483 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14484 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14485
14486 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14487
14488 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14489 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14490 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14491 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14492 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14493 non-marking or not.
14494
14495 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14496
14497 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14498 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14499
14500 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14501 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14502 DIARY-FILE.
14503
14504 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14505 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14506 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14507
14508 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14509 non-marking.
14510
14511 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14512 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14513 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14514
14515 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14516
14517 ;;;***
14518 \f
14519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21980 16567 701544
14520 ;;;;;; 893000))
14521 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14522
14523 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14524 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14525 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14528 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14529
14530 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14531
14532 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14533 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14534 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14535 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14536 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14537
14538 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14539 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14540 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14541 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14542
14543 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14544 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14545
14546 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14547 completions:
14548
14549 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14550
14551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14552 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14553 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14554 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14555 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14556
14557 ;;;***
14558 \f
14559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14560 ;;;;;; 720000))
14561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14562
14563 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14564 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14565 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14566 Tab indents for Icon code.
14567 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14568 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14569 \\{icon-mode-map}
14570 Variables controlling indentation style:
14571 icon-tab-always-indent
14572 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14573 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14574 icon-auto-newline
14575 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14576 inserted in Icon code.
14577 icon-indent-level
14578 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14579 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14580 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14581 icon-continued-statement-offset
14582 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14583 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14584 icon-continued-brace-offset
14585 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14586 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14587 icon-brace-offset
14588 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14589 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14590 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14591 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14592
14593 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14594 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14595
14596 \(fn)" t nil)
14597
14598 ;;;***
14599 \f
14600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22011
14601 ;;;;;; 58553 905858 469000))
14602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14603
14604 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14605 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14606 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14607 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14608
14609 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14610 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14611 separate frames.
14612
14613 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14614 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14615
14616 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14617 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14618 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14619
14620 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14621
14622 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14623
14624 ;;;***
14625 \f
14626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22011 58553
14627 ;;;;;; 909858 469000))
14628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14629 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14630
14631 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14632 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14633
14634 The main features of this mode are
14635
14636 1. Indentation and Formatting
14637 --------------------------
14638 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14639 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14640
14641 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14642 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14643 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14644 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14645
14646 Comments are indented as follows:
14647
14648 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14649 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14650 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14651
14652 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14653
14654 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14655 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14656 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14657 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14658 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14659 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14660
14661 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14662 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14663 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14664 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14665
14666 2. Routine Info
14667 ------------
14668 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14669 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14670 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14671 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14672 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14673 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14674 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14675 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14676 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14677 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14678
14679 3. Online IDL Help
14680 ---------------
14681
14682 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14683 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14684 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14685 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14686
14687 4. Completion
14688 ----------
14689 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14690 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14691 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14692 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14693 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14694 upper case.
14695
14696 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14697 --------------------------------
14698 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14699 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14700
14701 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14702 \\fu FUNCTION template
14703 \\c CASE statement template
14704 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14705 \\f FOR loop template
14706 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14707 \\w WHILE loop template
14708 \\i IF statement template
14709 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14710 \\b BEGIN
14711
14712 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14713 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14714
14715 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14716 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14717 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14718 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14719
14720 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14721 -------------------------
14722 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14723 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14724
14725 7. Automatic END completion
14726 ------------------------
14727 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14728 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14729
14730 8. Hooks
14731 -----
14732 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14733 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14734
14735 9. Documentation and Customization
14736 -------------------------------
14737 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14738 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14739 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14740 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14741 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14742 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14743
14744 10.Keybindings
14745 -----------
14746 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14747 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14748 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14749
14750 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14751
14752 \(fn)" t nil)
14753
14754 ;;;***
14755 \f
14756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22011 58553 641858 469000))
14757 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14758
14759 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14760 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14761 The following values are possible:
14762 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14763 displaying...)
14764 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14765 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14766 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14767
14768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14769 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14770
14771 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14772
14773 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14774 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14775 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14776 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14777 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14778 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14779 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14780 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14781 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14782
14783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14784
14785 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14786 Switch to another buffer.
14787 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14788 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14789 in another frame.
14790
14791 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14792 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14793 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14794 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14795 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14796
14797 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14798 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14799
14800 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14801
14802 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14803 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14804 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14805 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14806 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14807 in a separate window.
14808 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14809 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14810 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14811 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14812 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14813 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14814 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14815 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14816 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14817
14818 \(fn)" t nil)
14819
14820 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14821 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14822 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14823 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14824
14825 \(fn)" t nil)
14826
14827 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14828 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14829 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14830 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14831
14832 \(fn)" t nil)
14833
14834 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14835 Kill a buffer.
14836 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14837 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14838
14839 \(fn)" t nil)
14840
14841 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14842 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14843 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14844 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14845
14846 \(fn)" t nil)
14847
14848 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14849 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14850 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14851 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14852
14853 \(fn)" t nil)
14854
14855 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14856 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14857
14858 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14859
14860 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14861 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14862 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14863 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14864 in another frame.
14865
14866 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14867 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14868 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14869 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14870 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14871 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14872
14873 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14874 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14875
14876 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14877
14878 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14879 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14880 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14881 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14882 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14883 in a separate window.
14884 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14885 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14886 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14887 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14888 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14889 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14890 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14891 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14892 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14893 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14894 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14895 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14896 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14897 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14898 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14899 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14900 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14901 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14902
14903 \(fn)" t nil)
14904
14905 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14906 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14907 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14908 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14909
14910 \(fn)" t nil)
14911
14912 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14913 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14914 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14915 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14916
14917 \(fn)" t nil)
14918
14919 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14920 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14921 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14922 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14923
14924 \(fn)" t nil)
14925
14926 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14927 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14928 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14929 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14930
14931 \(fn)" t nil)
14932
14933 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14934 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14935 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14936 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14937
14938 \(fn)" t nil)
14939
14940 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14941 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14942 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14943 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14944
14945 \(fn)" t nil)
14946
14947 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14948 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14949 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14950 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14951
14952 \(fn)" t nil)
14953
14954 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14955 Write current buffer to a file.
14956 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14957 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14958
14959 \(fn)" t nil)
14960
14961 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14962 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14963 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14964 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14965
14966 \(fn)" t nil)
14967
14968 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14969 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14970 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14971 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14972
14973 \(fn)" t nil)
14974
14975 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14976 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14977 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14978 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14979 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14980 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14981
14982 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14983
14984 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14985 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14986 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14987 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14988
14989 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14990
14991 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14992 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14993 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14994 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14995
14996 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14997
14998 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14999 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15000 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15001 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15002 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15003 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15004 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15005 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15006 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15007 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15008 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15009 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15010 with point positioned at the end.
15011 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15012 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15013
15014 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15015
15016 ;;;***
15017 \f
15018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22067 17342 170157 143000))
15019 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15020
15021 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15022 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15023 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15024 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15025
15026 \(fn)" t nil)
15027
15028 ;;;***
15029 \f
15030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21990 52406 604500 385000))
15031 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15032
15033 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15034
15035 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15036 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15037 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15038 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15039 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15040 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15041
15042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15043
15044 ;;;***
15045 \f
15046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22048 52907 35535 316000))
15047 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15048
15049 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15050 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15051 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15052 be determined.
15053
15054 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15055
15056 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15057 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15058 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15059 be determined.
15060
15061 \(fn)" nil nil)
15062
15063 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15064 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15065 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15066 be determined.
15067
15068 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15069
15070 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15071 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15072 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15073 be determined.
15074
15075 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15076
15077 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15078 Determine and return image type.
15079 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15080 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15081 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15082 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15083 use its file extension as image type.
15084 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15085
15086 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15087
15088 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15089 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15090 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15091
15092 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15093
15094 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15095 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15096 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15097
15098 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15099 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15100 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15101 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15102 must be available.
15103
15104 \(fn)" nil nil)
15105
15106 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15107 Create an image.
15108 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15109 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15110 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15111 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15112 use its file extension as image type.
15113 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15114 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15115 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15116 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15117
15118 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15119
15120 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15121 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15122 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15123
15124 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15125
15126 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15127 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15128 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15129 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15130 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15131 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15132 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15133 POS may be an integer or marker.
15134 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15135 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15136 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15137 means display it in the right marginal area.
15138
15139 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15140
15141 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15142 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15143 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15144 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15145 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15146 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15147 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15148 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15149 means display it in the right marginal area.
15150 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15151 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15152 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15153 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15154 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15155
15156 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15157
15158 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15159 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15160 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15161 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15162 STRING is a single space.
15163 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15164 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15165 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15166 means display it in the right marginal area.
15167 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15168
15169 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15170
15171 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15172 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15173 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15174 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15175
15176 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15177
15178 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15179 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15180
15181 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15182
15183 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15184 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15185 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15186 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15187 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15188 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15189 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15190 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15191 satisfied.
15192
15193 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15194
15195 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15196
15197 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15198
15199 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15200 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15201
15202 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15203 documentation string.
15204
15205 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15206 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15207 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15208 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15209 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15210 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15211 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15212 define SYMBOL.
15213
15214 Example:
15215
15216 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15217 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15218
15219 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15220
15221 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15222
15223 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15224 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15225 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15226 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15227
15228 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15229 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15230 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15231 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15232
15233 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15234
15235 \(fn)" nil nil)
15236
15237 ;;;***
15238 \f
15239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22011 58553
15240 ;;;;;; 641858 469000))
15241 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15242 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15243
15244 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15245 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15246 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15247 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15248 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15249 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15250
15251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15252
15253 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15254 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15255
15256 Convenience command that:
15257
15258 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15259 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15260 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15261
15262 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15263 image files in dired and type
15264 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15265
15266 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15267
15268 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15269 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15270
15271 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15272
15273 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15274 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15275 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15276 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15277 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15278 another one).
15279
15280 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15281 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15282 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15283
15284 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15285 instead of erasing it first.
15286
15287 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15288 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15289 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15290 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15291 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15292 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15293
15294 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15295
15296 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15297 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15298 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15299 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15300 displayed.
15301
15302 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15303
15304 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15305
15306 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15307
15308 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15309 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15310
15311 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15312
15313 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15314 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15315 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15316
15317 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15318
15319 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15320 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15321
15322 \(fn)" t nil)
15323
15324 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15325 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15326 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15327 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15328
15329 \(fn)" t nil)
15330
15331 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15332 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15333
15334 \(fn)" t nil)
15335
15336 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15337 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15338
15339 \(fn)" t nil)
15340
15341 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15342 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15343
15344 \(fn)" t nil)
15345
15346 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15347 Display current image file.
15348 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15349 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15350
15351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15352
15353 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15354 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15355
15356 \(fn)" t nil)
15357
15358 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15359 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15360 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15361 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15362 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15363 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15364 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15365
15366 \(fn)" t nil)
15367
15368 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15369 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15370 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15371 easy-to-use form.
15372
15373 \(fn)" t nil)
15374
15375 ;;;***
15376 \f
15377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15378 ;;;;;; 720000))
15379 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15380
15381 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15382 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15383 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15384 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15385
15386 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15387 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15388 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15389 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15390
15391 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15392
15393 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15394 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15395 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15396 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15397
15398 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15399 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15400 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15401 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15402
15403 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15404
15405 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15406 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15407
15408 \(fn)" nil nil)
15409
15410 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15411 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15412 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15413 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15414
15415 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15416
15417 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15418 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15419 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15420 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15421 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15422 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15423
15424 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15425
15426 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15427 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15428 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15429 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15430 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15431
15432 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15433 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15434 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15435
15436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15437
15438 ;;;***
15439 \f
15440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21716 41663 456033
15441 ;;;;;; 27000))
15442 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15443
15444 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15445 Major mode for image files.
15446 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15447 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15448
15449 Key bindings:
15450 \\{image-mode-map}
15451
15452 \(fn)" t nil)
15453
15454 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15455 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15456 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15457 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15458 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15459
15460 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15461 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15462 actual image.
15463
15464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15465
15466 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15467 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15468 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15469 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15470 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15471 to display an image file as the actual image.
15472
15473 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15474 to display an image file as text initially.
15475
15476 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15477 on these modes.
15478
15479 \(fn)" t nil)
15480
15481 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15482
15483
15484 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15485
15486 ;;;***
15487 \f
15488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21986 55346 284512 613000))
15489 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15490
15491 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15492 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15493
15494 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15495
15496 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15497 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15498 in the buffer.
15499
15500 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15501
15502 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15503 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15504 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15505
15506 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15507
15508 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15509 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15510 Each element of this list should have the form
15511
15512 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15513
15514 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15515 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15516 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15517 matches are put).
15518 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15519 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15520 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15521 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15522 another element.
15523 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15524 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15525 the menu item.
15526 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15527 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15528 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15529 the ARGUMENTS.
15530
15531 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15532 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15533 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15534
15535 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15536 create a buffer index.
15537
15538 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15539 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15540 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15541 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15542 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15543
15544 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15545
15546 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15547 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15548
15549 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15550 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15551 called within a `save-excursion'.
15552
15553 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15554
15555 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15556
15557 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15558 Function for finding the next index position.
15559
15560 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15561 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15562 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15563 file.
15564
15565 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15566 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15567
15568 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15569
15570 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15571 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15572
15573 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15574 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15575 It should return the name for that index item.")
15576
15577 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15578
15579 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15580 Function to compare string with index item.
15581
15582 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15583 non-nil if they match.
15584
15585 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15586 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15587 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15588 arguments match\".")
15589
15590 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15591
15592 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15593 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15594 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15595
15596 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15597 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15598
15599 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15600
15601 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15602
15603 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15604 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15605 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15606 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15607
15608 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15609
15610 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15611 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15612
15613 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15614
15615 \(fn)" t nil)
15616
15617 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15618 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15619 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15620 for more information.
15621
15622 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15623
15624 ;;;***
15625 \f
15626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15627 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15628 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15629
15630 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15631 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15632
15633 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15634
15635 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15636
15637
15638 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15639
15640 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15641
15642
15643 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15644
15645 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15646
15647
15648 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15649
15650 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15651 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15652
15653 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15654
15655 ;;;***
15656 \f
15657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22011 58553
15658 ;;;;;; 909858 469000))
15659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15660
15661 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15662 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15663 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15664 to that buffer.
15665 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15666 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15667 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15668 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15669
15670 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15671
15672 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15673
15674 ;;;***
15675 \f
15676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22056 47028 727798 795000))
15677 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15678
15679 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15680 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15681 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15682 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15683 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15684 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15685 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15686 first in this list.
15687
15688 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15689 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15690 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15691 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15692 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15693
15694 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15695 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15696 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15697
15698 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15699 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15700
15701 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15702 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15703
15704 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15705 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15706 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15707 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15708 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15709 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15710 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15711 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15712 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15713 with the top-level Info directory.
15714
15715 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15716 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15717
15718 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15719
15720 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15721 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15722 in all the directories in that path.
15723
15724 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15725
15726 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15727
15728 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15729 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15730
15731 \(fn)" t nil)
15732
15733 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15734 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15735
15736 \(fn)" t nil)
15737
15738 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15739 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15740 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15741 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15742
15743 \(fn)" nil nil)
15744
15745 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15746 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15747 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15748 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15749
15750 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15751
15752 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15753 Go to the Info directory node.
15754
15755 \(fn)" t nil)
15756
15757 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15758 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15759 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15760 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15761 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15762 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15763
15764 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15765
15766 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15767 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15768 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15769
15770 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15771
15772 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15773 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15774 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15775 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15776 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15777
15778 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15779
15780 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15781 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15782 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15783 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15784 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15785
15786 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15787 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15788
15789 Selecting other nodes:
15790 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15791 Follow a node reference you click on.
15792 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15793 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15794 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15795 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15796 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15797 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15798 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15799 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15800 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15801 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15802 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15803 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15804 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15805 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15806 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15807 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15808 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15809 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15810 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15811 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15812
15813 Moving within a node:
15814 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15815 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15816 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15817 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15818 move up to the parent node.
15819 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15820 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15821 if there is none.
15822 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15823
15824 Advanced commands:
15825 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15826 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15827 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15828 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15829 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15830 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15831 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15832 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15833 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15834 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15835 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15836 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15837 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15838 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15839 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15840 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15841
15842 \(fn)" t nil)
15843 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15844
15845 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15846 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15847 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15848 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15849 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15850 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15851
15852 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15853 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15854
15855 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15856 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15857 KEY is a string.
15858 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15859 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15860 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15861 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15862
15863 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15864
15865 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15866 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15867 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15868
15869 \(fn)" t nil)
15870
15871 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15872 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15873 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15874
15875 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15876
15877 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15878 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15879 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15880 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15881 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15882 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15883
15884 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15885
15886 ;;;***
15887 \f
15888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22011 58553 641858
15889 ;;;;;; 469000))
15890 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15891
15892 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15893 Throw away all cached data.
15894 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15895 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15896 system.
15897
15898 \(fn)" t nil)
15899 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15900
15901 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15902 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15903 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15904 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15905 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15906 one found at point.
15907
15908 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15909
15910 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15911 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15912
15913 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15914 Display the documentation of a file.
15915 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15916 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15917 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15918 The default file name is the one found at point.
15919
15920 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15921
15922 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15923
15924 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15925 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15926
15927 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15928
15929 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15930 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15931
15932 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15933
15934 ;;;***
15935 \f
15936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22030 22952 929158
15937 ;;;;;; 467000))
15938 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15939 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15940
15941 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15942 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15943 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15944 current info file is the default.
15945
15946 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15947 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15948 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15949 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15950 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15951
15952 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15953 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15954 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15955 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15956 mistake in the reference.
15957
15958 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15959 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15960 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15961
15962 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15963 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15964 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15965 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15966
15967 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15968
15969 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15970 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15971 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15972 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15973 checked.
15974
15975 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15976 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15977 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15978 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15979 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15980 should be harmless.
15981
15982 \(fn)" t nil)
15983
15984 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15985 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15986 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15987 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15988
15989 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15990 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15991 and can take a long time.
15992
15993 \(fn)" t nil)
15994
15995 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15996 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15997 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15998
15999 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16000
16001 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16002 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16003
16004 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16005 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16006 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16007 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16008 all builtins).
16009
16010 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16011 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16012 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16013 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16014 the sources handy.
16015
16016 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16017
16018 ;;;***
16019 \f
16020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
16021 ;;;;;; 720000))
16022 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16023
16024 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16025 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16026
16027 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16028
16029 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16030 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16031
16032 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16033
16034 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16035 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16036 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16037 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16038
16039 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16040 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16041 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16042
16043 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16044 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16045 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16046 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16047
16048 \(fn)" t nil)
16049
16050 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16051 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16052 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16053
16054 \(fn)" t nil)
16055
16056 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16057 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16058 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16059 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16060 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16061
16062 \(fn)" nil nil)
16063
16064 ;;;***
16065 \f
16066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
16067 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16069
16070 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16071
16072
16073 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16074
16075 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16076
16077 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16078
16079 ;;;***
16080 \f
16081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21993 28595
16082 ;;;;;; 998597 473000))
16083 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16084 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16085
16086 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16087 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16088 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16089
16090 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16091
16092 ;;;***
16093 \f
16094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22003
16095 ;;;;;; 64432 624146 533000))
16096 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16097
16098 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16099 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16100
16101 \(fn)" t nil)
16102
16103 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16104 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16105
16106 \(fn)" t nil)
16107
16108 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16109
16110
16111 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16112
16113 ;;;***
16114 \f
16115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21767 65327 504606
16116 ;;;;;; 256000))
16117 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16118 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16119
16120 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16121 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16122 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16123 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16124 accessed via isearchb.
16125
16126 \(fn)" t nil)
16127
16128 ;;;***
16129 \f
16130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22011
16131 ;;;;;; 58553 645858 469000))
16132 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16133
16134 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16135 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16136 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16137 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16138 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16139
16140 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16141
16142 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16143 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16144 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16145 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16146 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16147
16148 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16149
16150 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16151 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16152 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16153 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16154 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16155
16156 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16157
16158 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16159 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16160 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16161 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16162 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16163
16164 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16165
16166 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16167 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16168 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16169 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16170 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16171
16172 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16173
16174 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16175 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16176 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16177 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16178 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16179
16180 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16181
16182 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16183 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16184 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16185 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16186 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16187
16188 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16189
16190 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16191 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16192 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16193 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16194
16195 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16196
16197 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16198 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16199 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16200 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16201
16202 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16203
16204 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16205 Warn that format is read-only.
16206
16207 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16208
16209 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16210 Warn that format is write-only.
16211
16212 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16213
16214 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16215 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16216
16217 \(fn)" t nil)
16218
16219 ;;;***
16220 \f
16221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16222 ;;;;;; (21840 19142 552627 956000))
16223 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16224 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16225 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16226
16227 ;;;***
16228 \f
16229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22011 58554
16230 ;;;;;; 45858 469000))
16231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16232
16233 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16234
16235 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16236 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16237 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16238 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16239 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16240
16241 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16242
16243 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16244
16245 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16246 Key map for ispell menu.")
16247
16248 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16249 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16250 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16251 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16252
16253 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16254
16255 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16256
16257 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16258
16259 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16260
16261 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16262 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16263 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16264 Valid forms include:
16265 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16266 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16267 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16268 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16269
16270 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16271 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16272 First list is used raw.
16273 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16274
16275 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16276 for skipping in latex mode.")
16277
16278 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16279 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16280 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16281 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16282 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16283 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16284 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16285
16286 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16287 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16288 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16289 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16290
16291 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16292 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16293 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16294 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16295 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16296
16297 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16298 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16299
16300 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16301 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16302
16303 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16304 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16305
16306 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16307 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16308
16309 Return values:
16310 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16311 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16312 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16313 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16314 quit spell session exited.
16315
16316 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16317
16318 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16319 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16320 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16321
16322 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16323
16324 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16325 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16326
16327 Selections are:
16328
16329 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16330 SPC: Accept word this time.
16331 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16332 `a': Accept word for this session.
16333 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16334 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16335 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16336 `?': Show these commands.
16337 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16338 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16339 the aborted check to be completed later.
16340 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16341 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16342 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16343 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16344 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16345 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16346 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16347
16348 \(fn)" nil nil)
16349
16350 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16351 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16352 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16353 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16354
16355 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16356
16357 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16358 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16359 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16360 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16361
16362 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16363
16364 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16365
16366 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16367 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16368 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16369 amount for last line processed.
16370
16371 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16372
16373 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16374 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16375
16376 \(fn)" t nil)
16377
16378 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16379 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16380
16381 \(fn)" t nil)
16382
16383 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16384 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16385 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16386
16387 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16388
16389 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16390 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16391
16392 \(fn)" t nil)
16393
16394 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16395 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16396 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16397 sequence inside of a word.
16398
16399 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16400
16401 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16402
16403 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16404 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16405
16406 \(fn)" t nil)
16407
16408 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16409 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16410 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16411 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16412
16413 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16414 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16415 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16416 available on the net.
16417
16418 \(fn)" t nil)
16419
16420 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16421 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16422 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16423 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16424 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16425
16426 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16427 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16428 spelled.
16429
16430 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16431 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16432 SPC.
16433
16434 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16435 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16436
16437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16438
16439 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16440 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16441 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16442 Don't check included messages.
16443
16444 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16445 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16446 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16447
16448 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16449 in your init file:
16450 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16451 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16452 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16453 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16454
16455 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16456 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16457 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16458
16459 \(fn)" t nil)
16460
16461 ;;;***
16462 \f
16463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22011
16464 ;;;;;; 58553 673858 469000))
16465 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16466
16467 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16468
16469
16470 \(fn)" nil nil)
16471
16472 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16473 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16474 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16475 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16476 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16477 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16478 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16479 necessary to represent OBJ.
16480
16481 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16482
16483 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16484 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16485 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16486 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16487
16488 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16489
16490 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16491 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16492 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16493 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16494 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16495
16496 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16497
16498 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16499 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16500 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16501 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16502
16503 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16504
16505 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16506 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16507 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16508 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16509
16510 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16511
16512 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16513 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16514
16515 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16516
16517 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16518 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16519 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16520 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16521 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16522
16523 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16524
16525 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16526 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16527 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16528 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16529 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16530
16531 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16532
16533 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16534 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16535 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16536
16537 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16538
16539 ;;;***
16540 \f
16541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16542 ;;;;;; 720000))
16543 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16544
16545 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16546 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16547 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16548 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16549
16550 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16551
16552
16553 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16554
16555 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16556 Uninstall jka-compr.
16557 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16558 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16559 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16560
16561 \(fn)" nil nil)
16562
16563 ;;;***
16564 \f
16565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22069 62806 682804
16566 ;;;;;; 836000))
16567 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16568 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16569
16570 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16571 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16572
16573 \(fn)" t nil)
16574
16575 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16576 Major mode for editing JSX.
16577
16578 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16579 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al)
16580 locally, like so:
16581
16582 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16583 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16584 (add-hook 'js-jsx-mode-hook #'set-jsx-indentation)
16585
16586 \(fn)" t nil)
16587 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16588
16589 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16590
16591 ;;;***
16592 \f
16593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22064 41137 993468 395000))
16594 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16595 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16596
16597 ;;;***
16598 \f
16599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16600 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16602
16603 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16604 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16605 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16606 decimal key must be specified.")
16607
16608 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16609
16610 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16611 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16612 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16613 decimal key must be specified.")
16614
16615 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16616
16617 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16618 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16619 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16620 decimal key must be specified.")
16621
16622 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16623
16624 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16625 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16626 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16627 decimal key must be specified.")
16628
16629 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16630
16631 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16632 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16633 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16634 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16635 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16636 keys are bound.
16637
16638 Setup Binding
16639 -------------------------------------------------------------
16640 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16641 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16642 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16643 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16644 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16645 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16646 in the global and local keymaps.
16647
16648 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16649 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16650
16651 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16652
16653 ;;;***
16654 \f
16655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16656 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16658
16659 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16660 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16661 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16662
16663 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16664 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16665 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16666 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16667 shorter.
16668
16669 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16670 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16671 the context of text formatting.
16672
16673 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16674
16675 ;;;***
16676 \f
16677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21978 61237 570488
16678 ;;;;;; 269000))
16679 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16680
16681 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16682 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16683 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16684 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16685 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16686 positions that contains the current selection.")
16687
16688 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16689 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16690 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16691 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16692 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16693 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16694 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16695
16696 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16697
16698 ;;;***
16699 \f
16700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21990 52406 604500 385000))
16701 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16702 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16703 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16704 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16705 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16706 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16707 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16708 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16709
16710 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16711 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16712 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16713
16714 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16715
16716 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16717 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16718 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16719 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16720 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16721
16722 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16723
16724 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16725 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16726 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16727
16728 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16729 defining the macro.
16730
16731 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16732 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16733 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16734
16735 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16736 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16737
16738 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16739
16740 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16741 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16742 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16743 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16744 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16745 under that name.
16746
16747 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16748 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16749 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16750
16751 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16752
16753 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16754 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16755 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16756 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16757
16758 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16759 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16760 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16761 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16762
16763 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16764 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16765
16766 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16767
16768 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16769 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16770 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16771
16772 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16773 macro.
16774
16775 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16776 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16777
16778 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16779 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16780 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16781
16782 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16783 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16784
16785 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16786
16787 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16788 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16789 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16790 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16791
16792 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16793
16794 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16795 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16796 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16797 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16798
16799 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16800 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16801
16802 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16803
16804 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16805 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16806 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16807
16808 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16809
16810 ;;;***
16811 \f
16812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16813 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16814 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16815
16816 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16817 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16818 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16819
16820 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16821
16822
16823 \(fn)" nil nil)
16824
16825 ;;;***
16826 \f
16827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16828 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16829 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16830
16831 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16832
16833
16834 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16835
16836 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16837 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16838 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16839 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16840 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16841 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16842
16843 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16844 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16845
16846 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16847
16848 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16849 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16850
16851 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16852
16853 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16854
16855
16856 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16857
16858 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16859
16860
16861 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16862
16863 ;;;***
16864 \f
16865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16866 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16867 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16868
16869 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16870 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16871 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16872 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16873
16874 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16875
16876 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16877 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16878 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16879
16880 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16881
16882 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16883 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16884 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16885
16886 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16887
16888 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16889 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16890 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16891 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16892
16893 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16894
16895 ;;;***
16896 \f
16897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16898 ;;;;;; (22011 58553 645858 469000))
16899 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16900
16901 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16902 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16903 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16904 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16905 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16906 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16907 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16908 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16909
16910 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16911 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16912
16913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16914 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16915
16916 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16917
16918 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16919 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16920 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16921 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16922 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16923 `latin1-display-setup'.
16924
16925 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16926
16927 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16928 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16929 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16930 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16931
16932 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16933 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16934
16935 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16936
16937 ;;;***
16938 \f
16939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16940 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16942
16943 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16944 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16945
16946 \(fn)" t nil)
16947
16948 ;;;***
16949 \f
16950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (21890
16951 ;;;;;; 39605 402073 663000))
16952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
16953 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16954
16955 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16956 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16957 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16958 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16959
16960 For instance, the following code
16961
16962 (let-alist alist
16963 (if (and .title .body)
16964 .body
16965 .site
16966 .site.contents))
16967
16968 essentially expands to
16969
16970 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16971 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16972 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16973 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16974 (if (and .title .body)
16975 .body
16976 .site
16977 .site.contents))
16978
16979 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16980 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16981 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16982 displayed in the example above.
16983
16984 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16985
16986 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16987
16988 ;;;***
16989 \f
16990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16991 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16992
16993 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16994 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16995 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16996 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16997 generations (this defaults to 1).
16998
16999 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17000
17001 ;;;***
17002 \f
17003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21855 577 57945 485000))
17004 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17005 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17006
17007 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17008 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17009 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17010 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17011 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17012
17013 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17014
17015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17016
17017 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17018 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
17019 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17021 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17022 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17023
17024 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17025
17026 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17027 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17028 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17029 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17030 ARG is omitted or nil.
17031
17032 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17033 `linum-on' would do it.
17034 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17035
17036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17037
17038 ;;;***
17039 \f
17040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22011 58553 673858
17041 ;;;;;; 469000))
17042 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17043
17044 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17045 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17046 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17047 is nil, raise an error.
17048
17049 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17050 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17051 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17052 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17053 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17054 defined by the library.
17055
17056 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17057 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17058 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17059 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17060 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17061 proceeds.
17062
17063 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17064 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17065 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17066 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17067
17068 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17069
17070 ;;;***
17071 \f
17072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17073 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17074
17075 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17076 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17077 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17078
17079 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17080
17081 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17082 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17083 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17084 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17085
17086 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17087 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17088 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17089 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17090 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17091 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17092 the version.)
17093
17094 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17095 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17096
17097 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17098 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17099
17100 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17101 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17102
17103 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17104
17105 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17106 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17107 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17108 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17109 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17110 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17111 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17112 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17113 to constrain a big search.
17114
17115 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17116
17117 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17118 except that FILTER is not optional.
17119
17120 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17121
17122 ;;;***
17123 \f
17124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22011 58554 93858
17125 ;;;;;; 469000))
17126 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17127
17128 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17129 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17130 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17131 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17132 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17133 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17134 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17135 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17136 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17137 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17138
17139 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17140 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17141 associated values:
17142 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17143 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17144 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17145 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17146 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17147
17148 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17149 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17150 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17151
17152 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17153
17154 ;;;***
17155 \f
17156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21947 19252 637252
17157 ;;;;;; 749000))
17158 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17159
17160 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17161 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17162
17163 \(fn)" t nil)
17164
17165 ;;;***
17166 \f
17167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22011 58553 673858 469000))
17168 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17169
17170 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17171 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17172
17173 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17174 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17175
17176 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17177 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17178 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17179
17180 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17181 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17182
17183 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17184 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17185 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17186 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17187 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17188 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17189 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17190
17191 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17192
17193 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17194 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17195 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17196 switch on this list.
17197 See `lpr-command'.")
17198
17199 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17200
17201 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17202 Name of program for printing a file.
17203
17204 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17205 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17206 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17207 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17208 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17209 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17210 argument.")
17211
17212 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17213
17214 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17215 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17216 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17217 for customization of the printer command.
17218
17219 \(fn)" t nil)
17220
17221 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17222 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17223
17224 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17225 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17226 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17227 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17228
17229 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17230 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17231
17232 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17233 for further customization of the printer command.
17234
17235 \(fn)" t nil)
17236
17237 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17238 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17239 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17240 for customization of the printer command.
17241
17242 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17243
17244 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17245 Paginate and print the region contents.
17246
17247 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17248 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17249 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17250 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17251
17252 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17253 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17254
17255 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17256 for further customization of the printer command.
17257
17258 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17259
17260 ;;;***
17261 \f
17262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21993 28596 150597
17263 ;;;;;; 473000))
17264 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17265
17266 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17267 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17268 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17269
17270 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17271
17272 ;;;***
17273 \f
17274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17275 ;;;;;; 725000))
17276 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17277
17278 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17279 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17280 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17281 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17282
17283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17284
17285 ;;;***
17286 \f
17287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22015 55603
17288 ;;;;;; 805705 321000))
17289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17290
17291 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17292 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17293
17294 \(fn)" t nil)
17295
17296 ;;;***
17297 \f
17298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21887 28847 979667 16000))
17299 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17300
17301 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17302 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17303 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17304 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17305 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17306
17307 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17308
17309 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17310 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17311 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17312 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17313 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17314
17315 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17316 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17317 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17318 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17319 bindings.
17320
17321 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17322 use this command, and then save the file.
17323
17324 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17325
17326 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17327 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17328 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17329 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17330 each time the macro executes.
17331 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17332 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17333 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17334 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17335 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17336 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17337 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17338
17339 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17340
17341 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17342 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17343 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17344 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17345
17346 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17347 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17348 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17349 execute.
17350
17351 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17352 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17353
17354 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17355 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17356 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17357 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17358 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17359
17360 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17361 looked like this:
17362
17363 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17364 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17365 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17366
17367 You could enter the names in this format:
17368
17369 foo
17370 bar
17371 baz
17372
17373 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17374
17375 \\C-x (
17376 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17377 \\C-x )
17378
17379 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17380 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17381
17382 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17383 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17384
17385 ;;;***
17386 \f
17387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22026 25907
17388 ;;;;;; 599502 692000))
17389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17390
17391 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17392 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17393 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17394 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17395 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17396 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17397
17398 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17399 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17400 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17401 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17402 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17403
17404 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17405 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17406 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17407 consing a string.)
17408
17409 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17410
17411 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17412 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17413
17414 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17415
17416 ;;;***
17417 \f
17418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17419 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17420 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17421
17422 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17423 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17424
17425 \(fn)" nil nil)
17426
17427 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17428
17429
17430 \(fn)" nil nil)
17431
17432 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17433 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17434
17435 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17436
17437 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17438 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17439 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17440 message.
17441
17442 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17443
17444 \(fn)" nil nil)
17445
17446 ;;;***
17447 \f
17448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21964 28338
17449 ;;;;;; 125695 749000))
17450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17451
17452 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17453 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17454 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17455 often correct parser.")
17456
17457 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17458
17459 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17460 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17461 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17462 a value which excludes your own email address.
17463
17464 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17465 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17466
17467 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17468
17469 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17470 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17471
17472 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17473
17474 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17475 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17476 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17477 we return it unconverted.
17478
17479 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17480 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17481
17482 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17483
17484 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17485 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17486 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17487 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17488
17489 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17490
17491 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17492 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17493 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17494 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17495
17496 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17497
17498 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17499 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17500 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17501 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17502 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17503 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17504 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17505 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17506 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17507 as Rmail does.
17508
17509 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17510
17511 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17512 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17513 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17514 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17515 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17516 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17517 matches may be returned from the message body.
17518
17519 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17520
17521 ;;;***
17522 \f
17523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21850 35149
17524 ;;;;;; 497265 880000))
17525 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17526
17527 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17528 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17529 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17532 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17533
17534 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17535
17536 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17537 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17538 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17539 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17540 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17541
17542 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17543 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17544 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17545 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17546
17547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17548
17549 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17550 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17551
17552 \(fn)" nil nil)
17553
17554 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17555 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17556 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17557
17558 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17559
17560 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17561 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17562 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17563
17564 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17565 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17566 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17567 double-quotes.
17568
17569 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17570
17571 ;;;***
17572 \f
17573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21993 28596
17574 ;;;;;; 166597 473000))
17575 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17576
17577 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17578 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17579 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17580 king@grassland.com
17581 If `parens', they look like:
17582 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17583 If `angles', they look like:
17584 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17585
17586 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17587
17588 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17589 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17590 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17591 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17592 their `Resent-' variants.
17593
17594 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17595 removed from alias expansions.
17596
17597 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17598
17599 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17600 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17601 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17602
17603 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17604 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17605 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17606 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17607
17608 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17609
17610 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17611 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17612 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17613
17614 \(fn)" nil nil)
17615
17616 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17617 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17618 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17619 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17620
17621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17622
17623 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17624
17625 ;;;***
17626 \f
17627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22011 58553
17628 ;;;;;; 693858 469000))
17629 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17630
17631 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17632 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17633 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17634 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17635
17636 \(fn)" nil nil)
17637
17638 ;;;***
17639 \f
17640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22011
17641 ;;;;;; 58553 913858 469000))
17642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17643
17644 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17645 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17646
17647 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17648 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17649 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17650 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17651 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17652 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17653
17654 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17655 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17656 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17657 dependency, despite the colon.
17658
17659 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17660
17661 In the browser, use the following keys:
17662
17663 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17664
17665 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17666
17667 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17668 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17669
17670 `makefile-target-colon':
17671 The string that gets appended to all target names
17672 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17673 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17674
17675 `makefile-macro-assign':
17676 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17677 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17678 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17679 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17680 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17681 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17682
17683 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17684 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17685 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17686
17687 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17688 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17689
17690 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17691 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17692 up or down in the browser.
17693
17694 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17695 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17696
17697 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17698 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17699
17700 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17701 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17702 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17703 has been selected in the browser.
17704
17705 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17706 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17707 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17708 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17709 filenames are omitted.
17710
17711 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17712 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17713 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17714 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17715 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17716 the backslash itself intact.
17717 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17718 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17719
17720 `makefile-browser-hook':
17721 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17722 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17723
17724 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17725 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17726 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17727 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17728
17729 \(fn)" t nil)
17730
17731 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17732 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17733
17734 \(fn)" t nil)
17735
17736 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17737 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17738
17739 \(fn)" t nil)
17740
17741 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17742 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17743
17744 \(fn)" t nil)
17745
17746 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17747 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17748
17749 \(fn)" t nil)
17750
17751 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17752 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17753
17754 \(fn)" t nil)
17755
17756 ;;;***
17757 \f
17758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17759 ;;;;;; 720000))
17760 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17761
17762 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17763 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17764 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17765
17766 \(fn)" t nil)
17767
17768 ;;;***
17769 \f
17770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22026 25907 603502 692000))
17771 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17772
17773 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17774
17775 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17776 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17777 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17778 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17779 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17780 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17781 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17782 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17783 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17784 without running the man command.
17785
17786 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17787 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17788 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17789
17790 cat(1)
17791 1 cat
17792
17793 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17794 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17795 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17796 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17797
17798 -a chmod
17799
17800 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17801 otherwise look like a page name.
17802
17803 /my/file/name.1.gz
17804 -l somefile.1
17805
17806 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17807 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17808 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17809
17810 -k pattern
17811
17812 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17813
17814 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17815 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17816
17817 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17818
17819 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17820 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17821
17822 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17823
17824 ;;;***
17825 \f
17826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22063 20273 739891
17827 ;;;;;; 395000))
17828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17829 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17830
17831 ;;;***
17832 \f
17833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17834 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17835 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17836
17837 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17838 Toggle Master mode.
17839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17842
17843 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17844 using the following commands:
17845
17846 \\{master-mode-map}
17847
17848 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17849 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17850 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17851
17852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17853
17854 ;;;***
17855 \f
17856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17857 ;;;;;; 720000))
17858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17859
17860 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17861 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17862 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17863 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17864 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17865 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17866
17867 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17868
17869 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17870 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17872 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17873 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17874
17875 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17876 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17877 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17878 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17879
17880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17881
17882 ;;;***
17883 \f
17884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17885 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17886 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17887
17888 ;;;***
17889 \f
17890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22011 58553 581858
17891 ;;;;;; 469000))
17892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17893
17894 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17895
17896 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17897 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17898 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17899 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17900 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17901 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17902 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17903 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17904 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17905 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17906 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17907 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17908 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17909 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17910 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17911 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17912 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17913 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17914 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17915 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17916 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17917 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17918 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17919 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17920 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17921 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17922 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17923 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17924 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17925 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17926 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17927 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17928 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17929 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17930 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17931 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17932 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17933 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17934
17935 \(fn)" t nil)
17936
17937 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17938 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17939 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17940 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17941 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17942
17943 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17944
17945 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17946 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17947
17948 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17949
17950 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17951 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17952
17953 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17954
17955 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17956 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17957
17958 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17959
17960 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17961 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17962 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17963
17964 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17965
17966 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17967 Cancel an article you posted.
17968 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17969
17970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17971
17972 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17973 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17974 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17975 header line with the old Message-ID.
17976
17977 \(fn)" t nil)
17978
17979 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17980 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17981
17982 \(fn)" t nil)
17983
17984 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17985 Forward the current message via mail.
17986 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17987 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17988
17989 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17990
17991 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17992
17993
17994 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17995
17996 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17997
17998
17999 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18000
18001 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18002 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18003
18004 \(fn)" t nil)
18005
18006 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18007 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18008
18009 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18010
18011 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18012 Re-mail the current message.
18013 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18014 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18015 you.
18016
18017 \(fn)" t nil)
18018
18019 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18020 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18021
18022 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18023
18024 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18025 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18026
18027 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18028
18029 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18030 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18031
18032 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18033
18034 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18035 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18036
18037 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18038
18039 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18040 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18041 Works by overstriking characters.
18042 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18043 which specify the range to operate on.
18044
18045 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18046
18047 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18048 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18049 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18050 which specify the range to operate on.
18051
18052 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18053
18054 ;;;***
18055 \f
18056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
18057 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18059 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18060
18061 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18062 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18063
18064 \(fn)" t nil)
18065
18066 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18067 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18068
18069 \(fn)" t nil)
18070
18071 ;;;***
18072 \f
18073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21980 16567
18074 ;;;;;; 769544 893000))
18075 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18076
18077 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18078 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18079 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18080
18081 \(fn)" t nil)
18082
18083 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18084 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18085 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18086 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18087 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18088 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18089 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18090
18091 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18092
18093 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18094 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18095 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18096 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18097 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18098 means current).
18099 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18100 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18101
18102 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18103
18104 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18105 Process current region through `metamail'.
18106 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18107 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18108 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18109 means current).
18110 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18111 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18112
18113 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18114
18115 ;;;***
18116 \f
18117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22011 58553 729858
18118 ;;;;;; 469000))
18119 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18120
18121 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18122 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18123 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18124
18125 \(fn)" t nil)
18126
18127 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18128 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18129 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18130
18131 \(fn)" t nil)
18132
18133 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18134 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18135
18136 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18137 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18138 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18139
18140 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18141 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18142
18143 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18144 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18145
18146 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18147
18148 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18149
18150 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18151 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18152 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18153 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18154 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18155 as `compose-mail'.
18156
18157 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18158 initial Subject field, respectively.
18159
18160 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18161 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18162 are strings.
18163
18164 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18165 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18166
18167 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18168
18169 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18170 Save draft and send message.
18171
18172 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18173 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18174 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18175 Mail Delivery*\".
18176
18177 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18178 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18179 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18180
18181 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18182 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18183 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18184 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18185 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18186 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18187
18188 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18189 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18190
18191 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18192 message and scan line.
18193
18194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18195
18196 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18197 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18198
18199 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18200 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18201 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18202 delete the draft message.
18203
18204 \(fn)" t nil)
18205
18206 ;;;***
18207 \f
18208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22030 22952 945158 467000))
18209 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18210 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18211
18212 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18213
18214 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18215
18216 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18217
18218 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18219 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18220
18221 \(fn)" t nil)
18222
18223 ;;;***
18224 \f
18225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22011 58553
18226 ;;;;;; 749858 469000))
18227 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18228
18229 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18230 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18231 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18232
18233 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18234 the MH mail system.
18235
18236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18237
18238 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18239 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18240 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18241
18242 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18243 the MH mail system.
18244
18245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18246
18247 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18248 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18249
18250 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18251 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18252 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18253 separate command.
18254
18255 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18256 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18257 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18258 format.
18259
18260 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18261
18262 Ranges
18263 ======
18264 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18265 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18266 can be used in several ways.
18267
18268 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18269 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18270 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18271 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18272 page):
18273
18274 <num1>-<num2>
18275 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18276 The range must be nonempty.
18277
18278 <num>:N
18279 <num>:+N
18280 <num>:-N
18281 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18282 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18283 last.
18284
18285 first:N
18286 prev:N
18287 next:N
18288 last:N
18289 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18290
18291 all
18292 All of the messages.
18293
18294 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18295 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18296
18297 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18298 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18299 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18300
18301 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18302
18303 \(fn)" t nil)
18304
18305 ;;;***
18306 \f
18307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21822 58098 20521
18308 ;;;;;; 61000))
18309 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18310
18311 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18312 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18313 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18314 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18315 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18316 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18317
18318 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18319
18320 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18321 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18322
18323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18324
18325 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18326 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18327 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18328 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18329 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18330 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18331 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18332 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18333 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18334 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18335 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18336
18337 \(fn)" t nil)
18338
18339 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18340 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18341 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18342 to its second argument TM.
18343
18344 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18345
18346 ;;;***
18347 \f
18348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18349 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18350 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18351
18352 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18353 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18354 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18356 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18357 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18358
18359 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18360
18361 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18362 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18363 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18364 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18365 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18366
18367 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18368 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18369 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18370 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18371 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18372 is modified to remove the default indication.
18373
18374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18375
18376 ;;;***
18377 \f
18378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18379 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18380
18381 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18382 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18383 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18384 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18385 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18386 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18387 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18388 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18389 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18390
18391 \(fn)" t nil)
18392
18393 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18394 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18395 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18396 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18397 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18398 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18399 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18400 The return value is always nil.
18401
18402 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18403
18404 ;;;***
18405 \f
18406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21797 36 720489 297000))
18407 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18408 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18409
18410 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18411 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18412
18413 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18414 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18415 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18416 next occurrence.
18417
18418 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18419 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18420 end of the search space).
18421
18422 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18423 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18424 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18425 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18426 should return the previous buffer to search.
18427
18428 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18429 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18430 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18431
18432 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18433 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18434 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18435 Isearch starts.")
18436
18437 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18438 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18439 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18440
18441 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18442 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18443 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18444
18445 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18446 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18447
18448 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18449 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18450 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18451
18452 \(fn)" nil nil)
18453
18454 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18455 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18456 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18457 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18458 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18459 whose names match the specified regexp.
18460
18461 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18462
18463 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18464 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18465 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18466 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18467 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18468 whose names match the specified regexp.
18469
18470 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18471
18472 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18473 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18474 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18475 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18476 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18477 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18478 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18479
18480 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18481
18482 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18483 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18484 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18485 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18486 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18487 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18488 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18489
18490 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18491
18492 ;;;***
18493 \f
18494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18495 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18497 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18498
18499 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18500 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18501
18502 \(fn)" t nil)
18503
18504 ;;;***
18505 \f
18506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18507 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18509
18510 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18511 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18512
18513 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18514
18515 ;;;***
18516 \f
18517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18518 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18520
18521 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18522 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18523
18524 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18525
18526 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18527 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18528 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18529 the entire message.
18530 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18531
18532 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18533
18534 ;;;***
18535 \f
18536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18537 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18539
18540 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18541 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18542 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18543 the entire message.
18544 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18545
18546 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18547
18548 ;;;***
18549 \f
18550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21670 32331 385639
18551 ;;;;;; 720000))
18552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18553
18554 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18555 Insert file contents of URL.
18556 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18557
18558 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18559
18560 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18561 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18562
18563 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18564
18565 ;;;***
18566 \f
18567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22010 37685 116774
18568 ;;;;;; 305000))
18569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18570
18571 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18572 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18573 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18574 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18575 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18576
18577 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18578
18579 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18580 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18581 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18582
18583 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18584
18585 ;;;***
18586 \f
18587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21826 49866 790514 606000))
18588 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18589
18590 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18591 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18592
18593 \(fn)" nil nil)
18594
18595 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18596 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18597 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18598 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18599 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18600
18601 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18602 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18603 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18604 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18605 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18606 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18607
18608 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18609
18610 ;;;***
18611 \f
18612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18613 ;;;;;; 720000))
18614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18615
18616 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18617
18618
18619 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18620
18621 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18622
18623
18624 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18625
18626 ;;;***
18627 \f
18628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18629 ;;;;;; 720000))
18630 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18631
18632 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18633
18634
18635 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18636
18637 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18638
18639
18640 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18641
18642 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18643
18644
18645 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18646
18647 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18648
18649
18650 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18651
18652 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18653
18654
18655 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18656
18657 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18658
18659
18660 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18661
18662 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18663
18664
18665 \(fn)" nil nil)
18666
18667 ;;;***
18668 \f
18669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22030 22952
18670 ;;;;;; 905158 467000))
18671 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18672
18673 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18674
18675 ;;;***
18676 \f
18677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18678 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18680
18681 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18682
18683 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18684 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18685 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18686 followed by the first character of the construct.
18687 \\<m2-mode-map>
18688 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18689 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18690 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18691 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18692 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18693 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18694 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18695 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18696 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18697 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18698 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18699 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18700 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18701 \\[m2-link] link
18702
18703 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18704 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18705 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18706
18707 \(fn)" t nil)
18708
18709 ;;;***
18710 \f
18711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22026 25907 631502
18712 ;;;;;; 692000))
18713 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18714
18715 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18716 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18717
18718 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18719
18720 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18721 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18722
18723 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18724
18725 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18726 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18727
18728 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18729
18730 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18731 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18732
18733 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18734
18735 ;;;***
18736 \f
18737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21993 28596 194597
18738 ;;;;;; 473000))
18739 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18740
18741 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18742 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18743
18744 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18745 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18746 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18747
18748 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18749 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18750 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18751
18752 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18753 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18754
18755 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18756 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18757 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18758 hemisphere you're in.)
18759
18760 To test this function, evaluate:
18761 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18762
18763 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18764
18765 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18766 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18767
18768 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18769 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18770
18771 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18772 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18773 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18774
18775 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18776 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18777
18778 To test this function, evaluate:
18779 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18780
18781 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18782
18783 ;;;***
18784 \f
18785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22050 8240 94934 108000))
18786 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18787
18788 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18789 Main entry point for MPC.
18790
18791 \(fn)" t nil)
18792
18793 ;;;***
18794 \f
18795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18796 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18797
18798 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18799 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18800
18801 \(fn)" t nil)
18802
18803 ;;;***
18804 \f
18805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22011 58553 757858 469000))
18806 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18807
18808 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18809 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18810 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18813 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18814
18815 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18816
18817 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18818 Toggle Msb mode.
18819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18820 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18821 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18822
18823 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18824 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18825
18826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18827
18828 ;;;***
18829 \f
18830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21998
18831 ;;;;;; 46517 78024 649000))
18832 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18833
18834 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18835 Display a list of all character sets.
18836
18837 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18838 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18839 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18840 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18841 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18842
18843 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18844 but still shows the full information.
18845
18846 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18847
18848 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18849 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18850 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18851
18852 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18853 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18854 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18855 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18856 meanings of these arguments.
18857
18858 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18859
18860 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18861 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18862
18863 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18864
18865 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18866 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18867
18868 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18869
18870 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18871 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18872
18873 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18874
18875 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18876 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18877
18878 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18879 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18880 in place of `..':
18881 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18882 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18883 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18884 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18885 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18886 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18887 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18888 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18889 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18890 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18891 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18892 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18893 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18894 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18895 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18896 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18897
18898 \(fn)" t nil)
18899
18900 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18901 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18902
18903 \(fn)" t nil)
18904
18905 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18906 Display a list of all coding systems.
18907 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18908
18909 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18910 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18911
18912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18913
18914 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18915 Display a list of all coding categories.
18916
18917 \(fn)" nil nil)
18918
18919 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18920 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18921 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18922
18923 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18924
18925 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18926 Display information about FONTSET.
18927 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18928
18929 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18930
18931 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18932 Display a list of all fontsets.
18933 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18934 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18935 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18936
18937 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18938
18939 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18940 Display information about all input methods.
18941
18942 \(fn)" t nil)
18943
18944 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18945 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18946
18947 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18948 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18949 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18950 system which uses fontsets).
18951
18952 \(fn)" t nil)
18953
18954 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18955 Show log of font listing and opening.
18956 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18957 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18958
18959 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18960
18961 ;;;***
18962 \f
18963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22002
18964 ;;;;;; 43570 532887 749000))
18965 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18966
18967 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18968 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18969
18970 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18971 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18972
18973 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18974 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18975
18976 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18977
18978 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18979 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18980 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18981 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18982 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18983 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18984 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18985
18986 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18987 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18988 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18989 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18990 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18991 middle of a character in STR.
18992
18993 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18994 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18995
18996 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18997 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18998 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18999 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19000 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19001
19002 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19003
19004 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19005 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19006
19007 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19008 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19009 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19010
19011 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19012 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19013 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19014
19015 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19016 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19017 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19018 are considered.
19019 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19020 longer than KEYSEQ.
19021 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19022
19023 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19024
19025 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19026 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19027 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19028 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19029 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19030 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19031 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19032 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19033 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19034 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19035 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19036
19037 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19038
19039 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19040 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19041
19042 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19043
19044 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19045 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19046
19047 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19048
19049 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19050 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19051
19052 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19053
19054 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19055 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19056
19057 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19058
19059 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19060 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19061 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19062 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19063 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19064
19065 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19066 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19067
19068 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19069 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19070 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19071 coding systems ordered by priority.
19072
19073 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19074
19075 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19076
19077 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19078 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19079 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19080 language environment LANG-ENV.
19081
19082 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19083
19084 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19085 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19086 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19087 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19088 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19089 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19090
19091 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19092
19093 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19094 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19095 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19096 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19097 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19098 QUALITY can be:
19099 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19100 excessive work.
19101 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19102 part of the file/buffer.
19103 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19104
19105 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19106
19107 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19108 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19109 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19110 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19111 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19112 QUALITY can be:
19113 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19114 excessive work.
19115 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19116 part of the file/buffer.
19117 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19118
19119 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19120
19121 ;;;***
19122 \f
19123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22011 58553
19124 ;;;;;; 761858 469000))
19125 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19126
19127 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19128 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19129
19130 \(fn)" t nil)
19131
19132 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19133 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19134
19135 \(fn)" t nil)
19136
19137 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19138 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19139
19140 \(fn)" t nil)
19141
19142 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19143 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19144
19145 \(fn)" t nil)
19146
19147 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19148 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19149
19150 \(fn)" t nil)
19151
19152 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19153 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19154
19155 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19156
19157 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19158 Ping HOST.
19159 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19160 `ping-program-options'.
19161
19162 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19163
19164 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19165 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19166
19167 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19168
19169 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19170 Run nslookup program.
19171
19172 \(fn)" t nil)
19173
19174 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19175 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19176
19177 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19178
19179 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19180 Run dig program.
19181
19182 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19183
19184 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19185 Run ftp program.
19186
19187 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19188
19189 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19190 Finger USER on HOST.
19191
19192 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19193
19194 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19195 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19196 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19197 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19198
19199 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19200
19201 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19202
19203
19204 \(fn)" t nil)
19205
19206 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19207 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19208
19209 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19210
19211 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19212 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19213
19214 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19215
19216 ;;;***
19217 \f
19218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19219 ;;;;;; 720000))
19220 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19221
19222 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19223 Return a user name/password pair.
19224 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19225 listed in the PORTS list.
19226
19227 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19228
19229 ;;;***
19230 \f
19231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21855
19232 ;;;;;; 577 147947 107000))
19233 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19234
19235 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19236 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19237 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19238 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19239 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19240 closes it.
19241
19242 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19243 make it unique.
19244 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19245 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19246 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19247 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19248 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19249 a port number to connect to.
19250
19251 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19252 values:
19253
19254 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19255 nil or `network'
19256 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19257 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19258 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19259 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19260 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19261 an unencrypted connection.
19262 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19263 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19264 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19265 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19266 returned object is a killed process.
19267 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19268 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19269 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19270
19271 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19272 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19273 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19274 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19275 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19276 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19277 or nil if none could be found.
19278 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19279 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19280
19281 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19282
19283 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19284 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19285 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19286
19287 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19288 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19289 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19290
19291 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19292 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19293 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19294
19295 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19296 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19297 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19298 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19299
19300 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19301 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19302
19303 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19304 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19305 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19306 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19307 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19308 or STARTTLS connections.
19309
19310 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19311 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19312
19313 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19314 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19315
19316 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19317 a greeting from the server.
19318
19319 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19320 asynchronously, if possible.
19321
19322 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19323
19324 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19325
19326 ;;;***
19327 \f
19328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22011
19329 ;;;;;; 58553 765858 469000))
19330 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19331
19332 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19333 Check whether newsticker is running.
19334 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19335 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19336
19337 \(fn)" nil nil)
19338
19339 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19340 Start the newsticker.
19341 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19342 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19343 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19344 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19345
19346 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19347
19348 ;;;***
19349 \f
19350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19351 ;;;;;; (21980 16567 809544 893000))
19352 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19353
19354 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19355 Start newsticker plainview.
19356
19357 \(fn)" t nil)
19358
19359 ;;;***
19360 \f
19361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22011
19362 ;;;;;; 58553 765858 469000))
19363 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19364
19365 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19366 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19367
19368 \(fn)" t nil)
19369
19370 ;;;***
19371 \f
19372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19373 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19374 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19375
19376 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19377 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19378 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19379 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19380 empty.
19381
19382 \(fn)" nil nil)
19383
19384 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19385 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19386 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19387 running already.
19388
19389 \(fn)" t nil)
19390
19391 ;;;***
19392 \f
19393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22030
19394 ;;;;;; 22952 973158 467000))
19395 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19396
19397 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19398 Start newsticker treeview.
19399
19400 \(fn)" t nil)
19401
19402 ;;;***
19403 \f
19404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21990 52406 596500
19405 ;;;;;; 385000))
19406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19407
19408 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19409 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19410
19411 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19412
19413 ;;;***
19414 \f
19415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22011 58553 585858
19416 ;;;;;; 469000))
19417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19418
19419 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19420 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19421 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19422 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19423 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19424 symbol in the alist.
19425
19426 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19427
19428 ;;;***
19429 \f
19430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19431 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19433
19434 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19435 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19436 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19437
19438 \(fn)" t nil)
19439
19440 ;;;***
19441 \f
19442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22054 5291 911134 163000))
19443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19444
19445 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19446 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19447
19448 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19449
19450 ;;;***
19451 \f
19452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21985 34484 234705 925000))
19453 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19454
19455 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19456
19457 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19458 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19459 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19460
19461 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19462
19463
19464 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19465
19466 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19467 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19468 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19469 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19470 to future sessions.
19471
19472 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19473
19474 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19475 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19476 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19477 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19478 future sessions.
19479
19480 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19481
19482 ;;;***
19483 \f
19484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19485 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19486 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19487
19488 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19489 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19490 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19491 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19492 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19493 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19494
19495 \(fn)" t nil)
19496
19497 ;;;***
19498 \f
19499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22069 62806 678804 836000))
19500 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19501 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19502
19503 ;;;***
19504 \f
19505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19506 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19507 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19508
19509 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19510 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19511 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19512 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19513
19514 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19515
19516 ;;;***
19517 \f
19518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22021 7991
19519 ;;;;;; 61719 83000))
19520 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19521
19522 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19523 Major mode for editing XML.
19524
19525 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19526 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19527 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19528 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19529 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19530 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19531 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19532
19533 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19534
19535 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19536 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19537
19538 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19539 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19540 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19541 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19542 instead of C-c.
19543
19544 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19545 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19546 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19547 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19548 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19549 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19550
19551 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19552 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19553 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19554
19555 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19556 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19557 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19558
19559 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19560 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19561 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19562 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19563 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19564 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19565 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19566 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19567 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19568
19569 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19570
19571 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19572 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19573
19574 \(fn)" t nil)
19575 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19576
19577 ;;;***
19578 \f
19579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19580 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19581 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19582
19583 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19584 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19585 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19586 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19587
19588 \(fn)" t nil)
19589
19590 ;;;***
19591 \f
19592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22027 46774
19593 ;;;;;; 680310 591000))
19594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19595
19596 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19597 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19598
19599 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19600 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19601 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19602 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19603
19604 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19605
19606 Key bindings:
19607 \\{octave-mode-map}
19608
19609 \(fn)" t nil)
19610
19611 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19612 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19613 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19614
19615 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19616
19617 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19618 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19619
19620 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19621 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19622 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19623
19624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19625
19626 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19627
19628 ;;;***
19629 \f
19630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21948 40114
19631 ;;;;;; 450686 453000))
19632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19633
19634 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19635
19636 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19637 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19638 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19639 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19640 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19641
19642 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19643
19644 Customization:
19645
19646 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19647 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19648 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19649 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19650 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19651 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19652 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19653 Directories to search when finding external units.
19654 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19655 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19656
19657 Coloring:
19658
19659 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19660 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19661
19662 \(fn)" t nil)
19663
19664 ;;;***
19665 \f
19666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22011 58553 849858 469000))
19667 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19668
19669 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19670 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19671
19672 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19673
19674 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19675 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19676 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19677 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19678 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19679 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19680
19681 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19682
19683 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19684 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19685 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19686 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19687 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19688
19689 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19690
19691 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19692 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19693
19694 \(fn)" nil nil)
19695
19696 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19697 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19698
19699 \(fn)" nil nil)
19700
19701 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19702 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19703 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19704
19705 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19706 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19707 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19708 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19709 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19710 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19711 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19712 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19713 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19714 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19715
19716 The following commands are available:
19717
19718 \\{org-mode-map}
19719
19720 \(fn)" t nil)
19721
19722 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19723 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19724
19725 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19726 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19727 in special contexts.
19728
19729 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19730 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19731 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19732 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19733 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19734 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19735 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19736 properties in the buffer.
19737 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19738 including any drawers.
19739
19740 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19741
19742 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19743 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19744 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19745 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19746 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19747 and zoom in further.
19748 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19749 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19750
19751 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19752 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19753 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19754 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19755 times right after creating a new headline.
19756
19757 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19758 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19759 is negative, go up that many levels.
19760
19761 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19762 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19763 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19764
19765 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19766 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19767 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19768 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19769
19770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19771
19772 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19773 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19774 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19775 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19776
19777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19778 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19779
19780 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19781 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19782 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19783 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19784 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19785 defined by Org-mode).
19786
19787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19788
19789 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19790 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19791
19792 \(fn)" nil nil)
19793
19794 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19795 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19796
19797 \(fn)" nil nil)
19798
19799 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19800 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19801 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19802 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19803 call CMD.
19804
19805 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19806
19807 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19808 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19809 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19810 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19811
19812 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19813 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19814 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19815
19816 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19817 part of Org's core.
19818
19819 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19820 active region.
19821
19822 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19823
19824 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19825 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19826 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19827
19828 \(fn)" t nil)
19829
19830 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19831 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19832 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19833 Org-mode syntax.
19834
19835 \(fn)" t nil)
19836
19837 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19838 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19839
19840 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19841
19842 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19843 Switch between Org buffers.
19844 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19845 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19846
19847 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19848 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19849
19850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19851
19852 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19853
19854 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19855
19856 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19857 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19858 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19859 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19860
19861 \(fn)" t nil)
19862
19863 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19864 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19865
19866 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19867
19868 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19869 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19870 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19871
19872 \(fn)" t nil)
19873
19874 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19875 Reload all org lisp files.
19876 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19877
19878 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19879
19880 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19881 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19882
19883 \(fn)" t nil)
19884
19885 ;;;***
19886 \f
19887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22011 58553
19888 ;;;;;; 805858 469000))
19889 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19890
19891 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19892 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19893
19894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19895
19896 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19897 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19898 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19899 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19900
19901 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19902 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19903 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19904 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19905 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19906 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19907 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19908 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19909 e Export views to associated files.
19910 s Search entries for keywords.
19911 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19912 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19913 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19914 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19915 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19916 > Remove a previous restriction.
19917 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19918 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19919 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19920
19921 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19922 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19923 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19924
19925 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19926 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19927 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19928 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19929 \(if active).
19930
19931 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19932
19933 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19934 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19935 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19936 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19937 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19938 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19939 before running the agenda command.
19940
19941 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19942
19943 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19944 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19945 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19946 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19947 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19948 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19949 before running the agenda command.
19950
19951 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19952 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19953
19954 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19955
19956 category The category of the item
19957 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19958 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19959 todo selected in TODO match
19960 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19961 diary imported from diary
19962 deadline a deadline on given date
19963 scheduled scheduled on given date
19964 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19965 closed entry was closed on given date
19966 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19967 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19968 block entry has date block including g. date
19969 todo The todo keyword, if any
19970 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19971 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19972 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19973 extra Sting with extra planning info
19974 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19975 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19976 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19977
19978 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19979
19980 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19981 Store agenda views.
19982
19983 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19984
19985 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19986 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19987
19988 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19989
19990 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19991 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19992 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19993 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19994
19995 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19996 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19997 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19998
19999 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20000 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20001
20002 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20003 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20004
20005 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20006
20007 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20008 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20009
20010 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20011 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20012 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20013 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20014 EDIT-AT.
20015
20016 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20017 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20018 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20019 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20020 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20021 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20022
20023 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20024 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20025 including newlines.
20026
20027 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20028 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20029 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20030 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20031 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20032 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20033 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20034
20035 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20036 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20037 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20038 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20039
20040 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20041 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20042 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20043 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20044 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20045 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20046 Boolean search must match as full words.
20047
20048 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20049 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20050
20051 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20052
20053 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20054 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20055 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20056 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20057 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20058 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20059
20060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20061
20062 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20063 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20064 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20065
20066 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20067
20068 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20069 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20070 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20071 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20072 `org-stuck-projects'.
20073
20074 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20075
20076 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20077 Return diary information from org files.
20078 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20079 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20080 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20081 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20082 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20083
20084 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20085
20086 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20087
20088 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20089 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20090
20091 &%%(org-diary)
20092
20093 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20094 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20095 So the example above may also be written as
20096
20097 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20098
20099 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20100 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20101 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20102
20103 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20104
20105 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20106 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20107
20108 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20109
20110 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20111 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20112 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
20113 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
20114 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20115
20116 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20117
20118 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20119 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20120 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20121
20122 \(fn)" t nil)
20123
20124 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20125 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20126 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20127 appointments.
20128
20129 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20130 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20131
20132 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20133 for filtering entries out.
20134
20135 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20136 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20137 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20138
20139 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20140 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20141
20142 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20143 (category \"Work\"))
20144
20145 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20146 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20147
20148 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20149 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20150 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20151 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20152 details and examples.
20153
20154 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20155 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20156
20157 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20158
20159 ;;;***
20160 \f
20161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21993 28596
20162 ;;;;;; 242597 473000))
20163 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20164
20165 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20166 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20167
20168 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20169
20170 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20171 Capture something.
20172 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20173 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20174 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20175 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20176 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20177 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20178
20179 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20180 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20181 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20182 stored.
20183
20184 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20185
20186 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20187 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20188 will be bypassed.
20189
20190 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20191 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20192 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20193 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20194
20195 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20196
20197 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20198 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20199
20200 \(fn)" t nil)
20201
20202 ;;;***
20203 \f
20204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22011 58553
20205 ;;;;;; 809858 469000))
20206 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20207
20208 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20209 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20210
20211 \(fn)" t nil)
20212
20213 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20214
20215
20216 \(fn)" nil nil)
20217
20218 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20219 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20220 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20221
20222 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20223
20224 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20225 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20226
20227 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20228
20229 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20230 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20231
20232 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20233
20234 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20235 Write the column view table.
20236 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20237
20238 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20239 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20240 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20241 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20242 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20243 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20244 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20245 using `org-id-find'.
20246 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20247 a hline before each level <= that number.
20248 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20249 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20250 :skip-empty-rows
20251 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20252 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20253
20254 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20255
20256 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20257 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20258
20259 \(fn)" t nil)
20260
20261 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20262 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20263
20264 \(fn)" t nil)
20265
20266 ;;;***
20267 \f
20268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21988 10681
20269 ;;;;;; 989624 461000))
20270 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20271
20272 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20273 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20274
20275 \(fn)" nil t)
20276
20277 ;;;***
20278 \f
20279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21855 577 287944
20280 ;;;;;; 835000))
20281 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20282
20283 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20284 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20285
20286 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20287
20288 ;;;***
20289 \f
20290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20291 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20292 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20293
20294 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20295 The release version of org-mode.
20296 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20297
20298 \(fn)" nil nil)
20299
20300 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20301 The Git version of org-mode.
20302 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20303
20304 \(fn)" nil nil)
20305
20306 ;;;***
20307 \f
20308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21990 52406 672500
20309 ;;;;;; 385000))
20310 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20311 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20312 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20313
20314 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20315 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20316 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20317 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20318
20319 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20320 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20321 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20322 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20323
20324 \\{outline-mode-map}
20325 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20326 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20327 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20328 are used when point is on a heading line.
20329
20330 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20331 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20332 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20333
20334 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20335 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20336
20337 \(fn)" t nil)
20338
20339 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20340 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20341 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20342 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20343 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20344
20345 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20346
20347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20348 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20349
20350 ;;;***
20351 \f
20352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22059 23214
20353 ;;;;;; 33660 839000))
20354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20355 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20356
20357 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20358 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20359 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20360 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20361 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20362
20363 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20364 activate the package system at any time.")
20365
20366 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20367
20368 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20369 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20370 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20371 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20372 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20373 it to the file.
20374 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20375 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20376 loading packages twice.
20377
20378 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20379
20380 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20381 Import keys from FILE.
20382
20383 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20384
20385 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20386 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20387 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20388 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20389 and make them available for download.
20390 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20391 downloads in the background.
20392
20393 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20394
20395 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20396 Install the package PKG.
20397 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20398 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20399
20400 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20401 `package-selected-packages'.
20402
20403 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20404 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20405
20406 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20407
20408 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20409 Install a package from the current buffer.
20410 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20411 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20412 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20413
20414 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20415 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20416 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20417
20418 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20419
20420 \(fn)" t nil)
20421
20422 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20423 Install a package from a file.
20424 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20425 directory.
20426
20427 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20428
20429 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20430 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20431 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20432
20433 \(fn)" t nil)
20434
20435 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20436 Reinstall package PKG.
20437 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20438 object.
20439
20440 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20441
20442 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20443 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20444
20445 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20446 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20447 will be deleted.
20448
20449 \(fn)" t nil)
20450
20451 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20452 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20453
20454 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20455
20456 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20457 Display a list of packages.
20458 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20459 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20460 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20461
20462 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20463
20464 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20465
20466 ;;;***
20467 \f
20468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20469 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20470
20471 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20472 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20473 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20474 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20475 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20476 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20477
20478 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20479
20480 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20481 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20482 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20483 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20484 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20485
20486 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20487 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20488 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20489
20490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20491
20492 ;;;***
20493 \f
20494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20495 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20496 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20497 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20498
20499 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20500 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20501 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20502 unknown are returned as nil.
20503
20504 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20505
20506 ;;;***
20507 \f
20508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21974 64192
20509 ;;;;;; 644009 993000))
20510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20511
20512 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20513 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20514 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20515
20516 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20517 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20518
20519 Other useful functions are:
20520
20521 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20522 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20523 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20524 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20525 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20526 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20527 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20528 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20529 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20530
20531 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20532
20533 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20534 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20535 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20536 Indentation for case statements.
20537 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20538 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20539 mark after an end.
20540 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20541 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20542 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20543 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20544 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20545 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20546 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20547 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20548 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20549 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20550
20551 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20552 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20553
20554 \(fn)" t nil)
20555
20556 ;;;***
20557 \f
20558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20559 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20560 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20561
20562 (defvar password-cache t "\
20563 Whether to cache passwords.")
20564
20565 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20566
20567 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20568 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20569 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20570
20571 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20572
20573 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20574 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20575
20576 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20577
20578 ;;;***
20579 \f
20580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22026 25907
20581 ;;;;;; 583502 692000))
20582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20583
20584 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20585 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20586 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20587
20588 Patterns can take the following forms:
20589 _ matches anything.
20590 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20591 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20592 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20593 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20594 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20595 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20596 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20597 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20598 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20599 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20600 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20601 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20602
20603 FUN can take the form
20604 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20605 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20606 which is the value being matched.
20607 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20608 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20609 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20610 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20611 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20612 like \\=`(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20613 \\=`(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20614
20615 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20616 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20617
20618 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20619
20620 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20621
20622 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20623 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20624
20625 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20626
20627 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20628
20629 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20630 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20631 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20632 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20633 variable name being but a special case of it).
20634
20635 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20636
20637 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20638
20639 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20640
20641 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20642 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20643 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20644 of the form (PAT EXP).
20645
20646 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20647
20648 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20649
20650 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20651 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20652 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20653 of the form (PAT EXP).
20654 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20655 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20656 any kind of error.
20657
20658 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20659
20660 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20661
20662 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20663
20664
20665 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20666
20667 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20668
20669 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20670 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20671 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20672 to this macro.
20673
20674 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20675
20676 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20677
20678 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20679
20680 ;;;***
20681 \f
20682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21998 46517 178024
20683 ;;;;;; 649000))
20684 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20685
20686 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20687 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20688
20689 \(fn)" nil nil)
20690
20691 ;;;***
20692 \f
20693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20694 ;;;;;; 720000))
20695 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20696
20697 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20698 Completion for `gzip'.
20699
20700 \(fn)" nil nil)
20701
20702 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20703 Completion for `bzip2'.
20704
20705 \(fn)" nil nil)
20706
20707 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20708 Completion for GNU `make'.
20709
20710 \(fn)" nil nil)
20711
20712 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20713 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20714
20715 \(fn)" nil nil)
20716
20717 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20718
20719 ;;;***
20720 \f
20721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20722 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20723 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20724
20725 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20726 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20727
20728 \(fn)" nil nil)
20729
20730 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20731 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20732
20733 \(fn)" nil nil)
20734
20735 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20736 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20737
20738 \(fn)" nil nil)
20739
20740 ;;;***
20741 \f
20742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20743 ;;;;;; 720000))
20744 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20745
20746 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20747 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20748
20749 \(fn)" nil nil)
20750
20751 ;;;***
20752 \f
20753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21791 47660 796747
20754 ;;;;;; 422000))
20755 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20756
20757 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20758 Completion for `cd'.
20759
20760 \(fn)" nil nil)
20761
20762 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20763
20764 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20765 Completion for `rmdir'.
20766
20767 \(fn)" nil nil)
20768
20769 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20770 Completion for `rm'.
20771
20772 \(fn)" nil nil)
20773
20774 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20775 Completion for `xargs'.
20776
20777 \(fn)" nil nil)
20778
20779 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20780
20781 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20782 Completion for `which'.
20783
20784 \(fn)" nil nil)
20785
20786 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20787 Completion for the `chown' command.
20788
20789 \(fn)" nil nil)
20790
20791 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20792 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20793
20794 \(fn)" nil nil)
20795
20796 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20797 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20798
20799 \(fn)" nil nil)
20800
20801 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20802 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20803 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20804
20805 \(fn)" nil nil)
20806
20807 ;;;***
20808 \f
20809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21980 16567 953544
20810 ;;;;;; 893000))
20811 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20812
20813 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20814 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20815
20816 \(fn)" nil nil)
20817
20818 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20819 Completion for the `ack' command.
20820 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20821 long options.
20822
20823 \(fn)" nil nil)
20824
20825 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20826
20827 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20828 Completion for the `ag' command.
20829
20830 \(fn)" nil nil)
20831
20832 ;;;***
20833 \f
20834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21980 16567 953544
20835 ;;;;;; 893000))
20836 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20837
20838 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20839 Support extensible programmable completion.
20840 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20841 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20842
20843 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20844
20845 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20846 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20847
20848 \(fn)" t nil)
20849
20850 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20851 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20852 This will modify the current buffer.
20853
20854 \(fn)" t nil)
20855
20856 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20857 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20858
20859 \(fn)" t nil)
20860
20861 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20862 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20863 This will modify the current buffer.
20864
20865 \(fn)" t nil)
20866
20867 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20868 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20869
20870 \(fn)" t nil)
20871
20872 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20873 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20874
20875 \(fn)" t nil)
20876
20877 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20878 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20879 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20880 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20881 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20882
20883 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20884
20885 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20886 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20887
20888 \(fn)" nil nil)
20889
20890 ;;;***
20891 \f
20892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22065 61995 886407 852000))
20893 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20894
20895 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20896 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20897 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20898 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20899
20900 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20901
20902 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20903
20904 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20905 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20906 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20907 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20908 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20909 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20910 FLAGS is ignored.
20911
20912 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20913
20914 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20915 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20916 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20917 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20918 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20919 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20920 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20921 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20922
20923 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20924
20925 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20926 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20927 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20928 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20929 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20930 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20931 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20932 passed to cvs.
20933
20934 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20935
20936 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20937 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20938 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20939 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20940 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20941 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20942 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20943
20944 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20945
20946 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20947 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20948 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20949
20950 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20951
20952 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20953 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20954 A value of nil means never do it.
20955 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20956 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20957 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20958
20959 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20960
20961 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20962 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20963 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20964
20965 ;;;***
20966 \f
20967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20968 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20969 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20970
20971 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20972 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20973
20974 ;;;***
20975 \f
20976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22011
20977 ;;;;;; 58553 921858 469000))
20978 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20979 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20980 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20981 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20982 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20983 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20984 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20985
20986 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20987 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20988 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20989 Tab indents for Perl code.
20990 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20991 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20992 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20993 \\{perl-mode-map}
20994 Variables controlling indentation style:
20995 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20996 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20997 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20998 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20999 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21000 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21001 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21002 `perl-nochange'
21003 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21004 `perl-indent-level'
21005 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21006 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21007 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21008 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21009 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21010 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21011 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21012 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21013 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21014 `perl-brace-offset'
21015 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21016 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21017 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21018 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21019 `perl-label-offset'
21020 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21021 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21022 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21023
21024 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21025 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21026 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21027 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21028 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21029 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21030 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21031
21032 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21033
21034 \(fn)" t nil)
21035
21036 ;;;***
21037 \f
21038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
21039 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
21040 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21041
21042 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21043 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21044 \\<picture-mode-map>
21045 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21046 afterwards settable by these commands:
21047
21048 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21049 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21050 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21051 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21052
21053 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21054 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21055 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21056 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21057
21058 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21059 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21060 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21061 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21062
21063 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21064 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21065 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21066 with these commands:
21067
21068 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21069 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21070 Move to column following last
21071 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21072 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21073 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21074 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21075 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21076 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21077
21078 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21079
21080 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21081 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21082 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21083 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21084 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21085 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21086
21087 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21088 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21089 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21090 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21091 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21092 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21093 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21094
21095 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21096 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21097 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21098 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21099 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21100 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21101 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21102 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21103
21104 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21105 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21106 by supplying an argument.
21107
21108 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21109
21110 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21111 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21112
21113 \(fn)" t nil)
21114
21115 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21116
21117 ;;;***
21118 \f
21119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (21972 22452 338264
21120 ;;;;;; 357000))
21121 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21122 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21123
21124 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21125 Start a Pinentry service.
21126
21127 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21128 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21129
21130 \(fn)" t nil)
21131
21132 ;;;***
21133 \f
21134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21786 29744 368212
21135 ;;;;;; 633000))
21136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21137
21138 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21139 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21140
21141 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21142
21143 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21144 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21145
21146 \(fn)" t nil)
21147
21148 ;;;***
21149 \f
21150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22026 25907 651502
21151 ;;;;;; 692000))
21152 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21153
21154 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21155 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21156 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21157
21158 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21159
21160 ;;;***
21161 \f
21162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21163 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21164
21165 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21166 Play pong and waste time.
21167 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21168 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21169
21170 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21171
21172 \\{pong-mode-map}
21173
21174 \(fn)" t nil)
21175
21176 ;;;***
21177 \f
21178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21974 64192 580009 993000))
21179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21180
21181 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21182 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21183 Use streaming commands.
21184
21185 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21186
21187 ;;;***
21188 \f
21189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
21190 ;;;;;; 725000))
21191 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21192
21193 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21194 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21195 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21196 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21197
21198 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21199
21200 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21201 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21202
21203 \(fn)" nil nil)
21204
21205 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21206 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21207 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21208 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21209 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21210
21211 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21214 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21215 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21216
21217 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21218
21219 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21220 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21221
21222 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21225 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21226 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21227 Ignores leading comment characters.
21228
21229 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21230
21231 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21232 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21233 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21234 Ignores leading comment characters.
21235
21236 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21237
21238 ;;;***
21239 \f
21240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21990 52406 680500
21241 ;;;;;; 385000))
21242 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21243 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21244
21245 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21246 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21247
21248 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21249
21250 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21251
21252 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21253
21254 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21255 Preview directory using ghostview.
21256
21257 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21258 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21259 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21260 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21261
21262 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21263 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21264 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21265 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21266 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21267 file name.
21268
21269 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21270
21271 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21272
21273 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21274 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21275
21276 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21277 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21278 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21279 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21280
21281 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21282 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21283 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21284 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21285 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21286 file name.
21287
21288 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21289
21290 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21291
21292 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21293 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21294
21295 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21296 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21297 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21298 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21299
21300 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21301 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21302 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21303 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21304 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21305 file name.
21306
21307 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21308
21309 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21310
21311 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21312 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21313
21314 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21315
21316 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21317 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21318 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21319 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21320
21321 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21322 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21323 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21324 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21325 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21326 file name.
21327
21328 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21329
21330 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21331
21332 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21333 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21334
21335 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21336 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21337 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21338
21339 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21340 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21341 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21342 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21343
21344 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21345
21346 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21347 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21348
21349 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21350 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21351 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21352
21353 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21354 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21355 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21356 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21357
21358 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21359
21360 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21361 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21362
21363 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21364 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21365 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21366
21367 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21368 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21369 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21370 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21371
21372 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21373
21374 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21375 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21376
21377 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21378
21379 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21380 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21381 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21382
21383 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21384 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21385 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21386 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21387
21388 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21389
21390 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21391 Preview region using ghostview.
21392
21393 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21394
21395 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21396
21397 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21398 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21399
21400 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21401
21402 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21403
21404 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21405 Print region using PostScript printer.
21406
21407 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21408
21409 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21412 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21413
21414 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21415
21416 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21417
21418 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21419 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21420
21421 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21422
21423 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21424
21425 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21426 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21427
21428 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21429
21430 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21431
21432 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21433 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21434
21435 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21436
21437 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21438
21439 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21440 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21441
21442 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21443
21444 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21445
21446 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21447 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21448 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21449 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21450
21451 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21452 matching.
21453
21454 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21455 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21456
21457 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21458
21459 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21462 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21463 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21464 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21465
21466 \(fn)" t nil)
21467
21468 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21469 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21470 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21471 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21472
21473 \(fn)" t nil)
21474
21475 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21476 Print directory using text printer.
21477
21478 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21479 matching.
21480
21481 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21482 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21483
21484 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21485
21486 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21487
21488 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21489 Print buffer using text printer.
21490
21491 \(fn)" t nil)
21492
21493 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21494 Print region using text printer.
21495
21496 \(fn)" t nil)
21497
21498 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21499 Print major mode using text printer.
21500
21501 \(fn)" t nil)
21502
21503 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21504 Preview spooled PostScript.
21505
21506 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21507 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21508 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21509
21510 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21511 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21512 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21513
21514 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21515
21516 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21517 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21518
21519 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21520 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21521 instead of sending it to the printer.
21522
21523 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21524 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21525 image in a file with that name.
21526
21527 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21528
21529 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21530 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21531
21532 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21533 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21534 instead of sending it to the printer.
21535
21536 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21537 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21538 image in a file with that name.
21539
21540 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21541
21542 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21543 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21544
21545 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21546 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21547 instead of sending it to the printer.
21548
21549 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21550 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21551 image in a file with that name.
21552
21553 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21554
21555 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21556 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21557
21558 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21559
21560 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21561 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21562
21563 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21564
21565 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21566 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21567
21568 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21569
21570 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21571 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21572
21573 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21574
21575 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21576 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21577
21578 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21579
21580 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21581 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21582
21583 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21584 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21585 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21586 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21587
21588 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21589 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21590 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21591 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21592 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21593 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21594 file name.
21595
21596 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21597
21598 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21599 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21600
21601 \(fn)" t nil)
21602
21603 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21604 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21605
21606 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21607 right.
21608 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21609 bottom.
21610
21611 \(fn)" t nil)
21612
21613 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21614 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21615
21616 \(fn)" t nil)
21617
21618 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21619 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21620
21621 \(fn)" t nil)
21622
21623 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21624 Toggle printing with faces.
21625
21626 \(fn)" t nil)
21627
21628 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21629 Toggle spooling.
21630
21631 \(fn)" t nil)
21632
21633 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21634 Toggle duplex.
21635
21636 \(fn)" t nil)
21637
21638 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21639 Toggle tumble.
21640
21641 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21642 right.
21643 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21644 bottom.
21645
21646 \(fn)" t nil)
21647
21648 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21649 Toggle landscape.
21650
21651 \(fn)" t nil)
21652
21653 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21654 Toggle upside-down.
21655
21656 \(fn)" t nil)
21657
21658 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21659 Toggle line number.
21660
21661 \(fn)" t nil)
21662
21663 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21664 Toggle zebra stripes.
21665
21666 \(fn)" t nil)
21667
21668 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21669 Toggle printing header.
21670
21671 \(fn)" t nil)
21672
21673 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21674 Toggle printing header frame.
21675
21676 \(fn)" t nil)
21677
21678 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21679 Toggle menu lock.
21680
21681 \(fn)" t nil)
21682
21683 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21684 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21685
21686 \(fn)" t nil)
21687
21688 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21689 Toggle auto mode.
21690
21691 \(fn)" t nil)
21692
21693 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21694 Customization of the `printing' group.
21695
21696 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21697
21698 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21699 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21700
21701 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21702
21703 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21704 Help for the printing package.
21705
21706 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21707
21708 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21709 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21710
21711 \(fn)" t nil)
21712
21713 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21714 Interactively select a text printer.
21715
21716 \(fn)" t nil)
21717
21718 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21719 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21720
21721 \(fn)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21724 Show current ps-print settings.
21725
21726 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21727
21728 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21729 Show current printing settings.
21730
21731 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21732
21733 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21734 Show current lpr settings.
21735
21736 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21737
21738 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21739 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21740
21741 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21742 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21743 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21744 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21745
21746
21747 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21748
21749 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21750 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21751 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21752
21753 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21754 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21755 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21756 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21757 current active printer.
21758
21759 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21760 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21761 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21762 printer.
21763
21764 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21765 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21766 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21767 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21768 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21769
21770
21771 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21772 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21773
21774 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21775
21776 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21777 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21778 be done using the new current active printer.
21779
21780 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21781 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21782 printer.
21783
21784 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21785 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21786 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21787 instead of sending it to the printer.
21788
21789 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21790 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21791 printer.
21792
21793 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21794
21795
21796 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21797 are both set to t.
21798
21799 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21800
21801 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21802 Fast fire function for text printing.
21803
21804 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21805 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21806 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21807 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21808
21809 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21810 user for a new active text printer.
21811
21812 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21813
21814 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21815
21816 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21817 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21818 printer.
21819
21820 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21821
21822 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21823 are both set to t.
21824
21825 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21826
21827 ;;;***
21828 \f
21829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21998 46517 190024 649000))
21830 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21831
21832 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21833 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21834 \\<proced-mode-map>
21835 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21836 the process information.
21837
21838 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21839
21840 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21841 Proced buffers.
21842
21843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21844
21845 ;;;***
21846 \f
21847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21948 40114 402686
21848 ;;;;;; 453000))
21849 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21850
21851 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21852 Start/restart profilers.
21853 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21854 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21855 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21856
21857 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21858
21859 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21860 Open profile FILENAME.
21861
21862 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21863
21864 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21865 Open profile FILENAME.
21866
21867 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21868
21869 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21870 Open profile FILENAME.
21871
21872 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21873
21874 ;;;***
21875 \f
21876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (21960 31281
21877 ;;;;;; 344212 153000))
21878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21879
21880 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21881 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21882
21883 \(fn &optional DIR)" nil nil)
21884
21885 ;;;***
21886 \f
21887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22040 58794
21888 ;;;;;; 692259 771000))
21889 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21890
21891 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21892 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21893
21894 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21895 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21896
21897 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21898
21899 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21900 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21901
21902 Commands:
21903 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21904
21905 \(fn)" t nil)
21906
21907 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21908 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21909 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21910
21911 \(fn)" t nil)
21912
21913 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21914 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21915 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21916
21917 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21918
21919 ;;;***
21920 \f
21921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21923
21924 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21925 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21926 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21927
21928 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21929
21930 ;;;***
21931 \f
21932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21933 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21935 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21936
21937 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21938 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21939
21940 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21941
21942 The following variables hold user options, and can
21943 be set through the `customize' command:
21944
21945 `ps-mode-tab'
21946 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21947 `ps-mode-print-function'
21948 `ps-run-prompt'
21949 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21950 `ps-run-x'
21951 `ps-run-dumb'
21952 `ps-run-init'
21953 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21954 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21955
21956 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21957
21958
21959 \\{ps-mode-map}
21960
21961
21962 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21963 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21964 The keymap for this second window is:
21965
21966 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21967
21968
21969 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21970 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21971 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21972 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21973 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21974
21975 \(fn)" t nil)
21976
21977 ;;;***
21978 \f
21979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22011 58553 993858
21980 ;;;;;; 469000))
21981 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21982 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21983
21984 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21985 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21986 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21987
21988 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21989
21990 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21991 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21992 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21993 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21994
21995 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21996
21997 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21998 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21999
22000 Valid values are:
22001
22002 nil Do not print colors.
22003
22004 t Print colors.
22005
22006 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22007 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22008
22009 Any other value is treated as t.")
22010
22011 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22012
22013 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22014 Customization of ps-print group.
22015
22016 \(fn)" t nil)
22017
22018 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22019 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22020
22021 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22022 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22023 sending it to the printer.
22024
22025 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22026 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22027 image in a file with that name.
22028
22029 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22030
22031 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22032 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22033 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22034 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22035 so it has a way to determine color values.
22036
22037 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22038
22039 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22040 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22041 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22042
22043 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22044
22045 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22046 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22047 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22048 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22049 so it has a way to determine color values.
22050
22051 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22052
22053 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22054 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22055 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22056 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22057
22058 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22059
22060 \(fn)" t nil)
22061
22062 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22063 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22064 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22065 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22066 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22067
22068 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22069
22070 \(fn)" t nil)
22071
22072 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22073 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22074 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22075
22076 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22077
22078 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22079
22080 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22081 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22082 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22083 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22084 so it has a way to determine color values.
22085
22086 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22087
22088 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22089
22090 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22091 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22092
22093 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22094 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22095 instead of sending it to the printer.
22096
22097 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22098 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22099 image in a file with that name.
22100
22101 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22102
22103 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22104 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22105 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22106 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22107 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22108
22109 \(fn)" t nil)
22110
22111 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22112 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22113 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22114
22115 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22116
22117 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22118 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22119 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22120
22121 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22122
22123 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22124 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22125
22126 \(fn)" nil nil)
22127
22128 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22129 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22130
22131 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22132 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22133
22134 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22135 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22136
22137 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22138
22139 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22140
22141 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22142
22143 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22144 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22145
22146 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22147 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22148
22149 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22150 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22151
22152 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22153
22154 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22155
22156 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22157
22158 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22159 foreground and background colors respectively.
22160
22161 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22162 bold - use bold font.
22163 italic - use italic font.
22164 underline - put a line under text.
22165 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22166 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22167 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22168 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22169 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22170
22171 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22172
22173 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22174
22175 ;;;***
22176 \f
22177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21968 25395 287570
22178 ;;;;;; 741000))
22179 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22180 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22181
22182 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22183 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22184 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22185
22186 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22187
22188 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22189 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22190 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22191
22192 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22193
22194 ;;;***
22195 \f
22196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22069 62806
22197 ;;;;;; 686804 836000))
22198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22199 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22200
22201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22202
22203 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22204
22205 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22206 Run an inferior Python process.
22207
22208 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22209 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22210 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22211 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22212 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22213
22214 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22215 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22216 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22217 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22218
22219 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22220 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22221 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22222
22223 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22224
22225 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22226 Major mode for editing Python files.
22227
22228 \\{python-mode-map}
22229
22230 \(fn)" t nil)
22231
22232 ;;;***
22233 \f
22234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22236
22237 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22238 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22239 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22240 coding-system.
22241
22242 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22243 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22244
22245 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22246 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22247 them into characters should be done separately.
22248
22249 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22250
22251 ;;;***
22252 \f
22253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21988 10681
22254 ;;;;;; 981624 461000))
22255 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22256
22257 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22258 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22259
22260 \(fn)" nil nil)
22261
22262 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22263 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22264 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22265
22266 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22267 `quail-activate', which see.
22268
22269 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22270
22271 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22272 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22273 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22274 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22275 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22276 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22277 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22278
22279 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22280 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22281 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22282 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22283 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22284 shown.
22285 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22286
22287 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22288 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22289 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22290 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22291 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22292 list of candidates.
22293
22294 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22295 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22296 command to be called.
22297
22298 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22299 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22300 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22301 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22302
22303 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22304 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22305 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22306 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22307 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22308 to t.
22309
22310 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22311 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22312 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22313 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22314
22315 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22316 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22317 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22318 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22319 defines no translations for single character keys.
22320
22321 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22322 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22323 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22324 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22325 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22326 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22327
22328 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22329 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22330 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22331 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22332 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22333 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22334
22335 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22336 covers Quail translation region.
22337
22338 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22339 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22340 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22341 for it) is inserted.
22342
22343 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22344 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22345 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22346
22347 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22348 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22349 non-Quail commands.
22350
22351 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22352
22353 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22354 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22355
22356 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22357 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22358 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22359 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22360 you type is correctly handled.
22361
22362 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22363
22364 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22365 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22366
22367 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22368 keyboard type.
22369
22370 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22371
22372 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22373 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22374 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22375 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22376 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22377 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22378 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22379 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22380 for the translation.
22381 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22382
22383 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22384 it is used to handle KEY.
22385
22386 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22387 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22388 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22389 the following annotation types are supported.
22390
22391 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22392 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22393
22394 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22395 candidate list.
22396
22397 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22398 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22399 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22400 inserted.
22401
22402 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22403 generated for the following translations.
22404
22405 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22406
22407 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22408 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22409
22410 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22411 which to install MAP.
22412
22413 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22414
22415 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22416
22417 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22418 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22419
22420 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22421 which to install MAP.
22422
22423 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22424
22425 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22426
22427 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22428 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22429 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22430 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22431 a function, or a cons.
22432 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22433 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22434 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22435 for the translation.
22436 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22437 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22438 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22439 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22440 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22441
22442 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22443 it is used to handle KEY.
22444
22445 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22446 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22447 current Quail package.
22448
22449 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22450 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22451
22452 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22453
22454 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22455 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22456
22457 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22458 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22459
22460 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22461
22462 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22463 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22464
22465 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22466
22467 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22468 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22469 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22470 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22471 of the Emacs source tree.
22472
22473 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22474 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22475
22476 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22477 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22478 of each directory.
22479
22480 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22481
22482 ;;;***
22483 \f
22484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21953
22485 ;;;;;; 58033 331058 929000))
22486 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22487
22488 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22489 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22490 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22491 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22492
22493 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22494
22495 ;;;***
22496 \f
22497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22498 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22499 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22500
22501 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22502 Activate UCS input method.
22503 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22504
22505 While this input method is active, the variable
22506 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22507
22508 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22509
22510 ;;;***
22511 \f
22512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22513 ;;;;;; 720000))
22514 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22515
22516 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22517 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22518 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22519 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22520
22521 To make use of this do something like:
22522
22523 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22524
22525 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22526
22527 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22528 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22529
22530 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22531 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22532 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22533
22534 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22535
22536 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22537 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22538
22539 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22540
22541 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22542 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22543
22544 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22545 is decided.
22546
22547 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22548
22549 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22550 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22551
22552 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22553 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22554 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22555
22556 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22557
22558 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22559 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22560
22561 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22562
22563 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22564 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22565
22566 \(fn)" t nil)
22567
22568 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22569 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22570
22571 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22572
22573 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22574
22575 \(fn)" t nil)
22576
22577 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22578 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22579
22580 \(fn)" t nil)
22581
22582 ;;;***
22583 \f
22584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22011 58553 765858
22585 ;;;;;; 469000))
22586 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22587
22588 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22589 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22590
22591 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22592
22593 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22594
22595 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22596
22597 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22598
22599 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22600
22601
22602 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22603
22604 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22605 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22606 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22607 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22608 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22609 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22610
22611 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22612
22613 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22614 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22615 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22616 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22617 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22618
22619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22620
22621 ;;;***
22622 \f
22623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21998
22624 ;;;;;; 46517 18024 649000))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22626
22627 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22628
22629 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22630 Construct a regexp interactively.
22631 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22632 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22633 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22634
22635 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22636 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22637
22638 \(fn)" t nil)
22639
22640 ;;;***
22641 \f
22642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21998 46517 266024
22643 ;;;;;; 649000))
22644 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22645
22646 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22647 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22648 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22651 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22652
22653 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22654
22655 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22656 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22658 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22659 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22660
22661 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22662 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22663 were operated on recently.
22664
22665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22666
22667 ;;;***
22668 \f
22669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21803 38823 44085 519000))
22670 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22671
22672 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22673 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22674 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22675 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22676 ends.
22677
22678 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22679 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22680 to be deleted.
22681
22682 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22683
22684 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22685 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22686 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22687
22688 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22689 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22690 deleted.
22691
22692 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22693
22694 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22695 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22696 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22697
22698 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22699
22700 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22701 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22702
22703 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22704 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22705
22706 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22707 deleted.
22708
22709 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22710 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22711 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22712 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22713 even beep.)
22714
22715 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22716
22717 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22718 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22719
22720 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22721
22722 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22723 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22724
22725 \(fn)" t nil)
22726
22727 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22728 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22729 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22730 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22731 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22732 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22733 and point is at the lower right corner.
22734
22735 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22736
22737 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22738 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22739
22740 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22741 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22742
22743 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22744 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22745 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22746
22747 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22748
22749 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22750
22751 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22752 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22753 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22754 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22755 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22756
22757 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22758 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22759
22760 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22761
22762 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22763 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22764 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22765
22766 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22767
22768 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22769
22770 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22771
22772 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22773 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22774
22775 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22776 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22777 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22778
22779 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22780
22781 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22782 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22783 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22784
22785 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22786 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22787 rectangle which were empty.
22788
22789 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22790
22791 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22792 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22793
22794 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22795 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22796 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22797 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22798
22799 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22800
22801 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22802 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22803 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22804
22805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22806
22807 ;;;***
22808 \f
22809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22810 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22812
22813 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22814 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22815 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22816 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22817 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22818
22819 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22820 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22821 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22822 auto-filling.
22823
22824 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22825
22826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22827
22828 ;;;***
22829 \f
22830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22056 47028
22831 ;;;;;; 787798 795000))
22832 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22833 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22834 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22835 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22836 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22837
22838 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22839 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22840
22841 \(fn)" nil nil)
22842
22843 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22844 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22845
22846 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22847 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22848
22849 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22850 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22851 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22852 \\ref macro.
22853
22854 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22855 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22856 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22857
22858 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22859 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22860 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22861
22862 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22863 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22864
22865 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22866 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22867
22868 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22869 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22870 on the menu bar.
22871
22872 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22873
22874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22875
22876 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22877 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22878 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22879
22880 \(fn)" nil nil)
22881
22882 ;;;***
22883 \f
22884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22025
22885 ;;;;;; 5040 882195 139000))
22886 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22887 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22888 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22889 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22890 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22891
22892 ;;;***
22893 \f
22894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22011
22895 ;;;;;; 58553 413858 469000))
22896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22897
22898 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22899 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22900 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22901 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22902 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22903 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22904
22905 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22906 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22907
22908 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22909 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22910 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22911 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22912
22913 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22914
22915 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22916 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22917 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22918 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22919
22920 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22921
22922 ;;;***
22923 \f
22924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22925 ;;;;;; 725000))
22926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22927 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22928
22929 ;;;***
22930 \f
22931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22932 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22933 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22934 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22935
22936 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22937 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22938 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22939 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22940
22941 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22942
22943 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22944
22945 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22946 Call `remember' in another frame.
22947
22948 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22949
22950 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22951 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22952 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22953
22954 \(fn)" t nil)
22955
22956 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22957 Extract diary entries from the region.
22958
22959 \(fn)" nil nil)
22960
22961 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22962 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22963 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22964 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22965
22966 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22967
22968 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22969 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22970 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22971 minor mode.
22972
22973 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22974
22975 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22976 Return the buffer.
22977
22978 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22979 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22980 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22981
22982 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22983
22984 ;;;***
22985 \f
22986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22987 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22988 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22989
22990 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22991 Repeat most recently executed command.
22992 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22993 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22994 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22995
22996 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22997 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22998 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22999 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23000
23001 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23002 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23003 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23004
23005 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23006
23007 ;;;***
23008 \f
23009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
23010 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23012
23013 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23014 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23015
23016 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23017 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23018 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23019 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23020 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23021 and point is left after the salutation.
23022
23023 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23024 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23025 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23026 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23027 left after that text.
23028
23029 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23030 is non-nil.
23031
23032 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23033 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23034 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23035 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23036
23037 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23038
23039 ;;;***
23040 \f
23041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
23042 ;;;;;; 586000))
23043 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23044
23045 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23046 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23047 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23048 visibility of comments that precede it.
23049 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23050 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23051 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23052 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23053 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23054 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23055 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23056 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23057 the comment lines.
23058 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23059 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23060 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23061 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23062 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23063
23064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23065
23066 ;;;***
23067 \f
23068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23069 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23070
23071 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23072 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23073 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23074 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23075 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23076
23077 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23078 reveals invisible text around point.
23079
23080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23081
23082 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23083 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23084 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23087 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23088
23089 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23090
23091 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23092 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23093 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23094
23095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23096 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23097 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23098
23099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23100
23101 ;;;***
23102 \f
23103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21998 46517 18024
23104 ;;;;;; 649000))
23105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23106
23107 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23108 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23109
23110 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23111
23112 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23113 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23114
23115 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23116
23117 ;;;***
23118 \f
23119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22011 58553 765858
23120 ;;;;;; 469000))
23121 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23122
23123 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23124 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23125 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23126 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23127
23128 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23129
23130 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23131 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23132 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23133 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23134
23135 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23136 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23137
23138 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23139 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23140
23141 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23142 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23143 INPUT-ARGS.
23144
23145 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23146 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23147 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23148 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23149 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23150
23151 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23152 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23153 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23154 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23155
23156 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23157 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23158 variable.
23159
23160 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23161
23162 ;;;***
23163 \f
23164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22011 58553 725858
23165 ;;;;;; 469000))
23166 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23167
23168 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23169 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23170
23171 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23172
23173 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23174
23175 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23176 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23177 Its name should end with a slash.")
23178
23179 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23180 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23181
23182 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23183 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23184 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23185
23186 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23187
23188 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23189 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23190 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23191 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23192 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23193 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23194 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23195
23196 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23197 sent by you under different user names.
23198 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23199
23200 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23201
23202 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23203
23204 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23205
23206 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23207 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23208 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23209 explicitly.")
23210
23211 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23212
23213 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23214 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23215 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23216 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23217 which normally happens once for each message,
23218 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23219 To make a change in this variable take effect
23220 for a message that you have already viewed,
23221 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23222
23223 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23224
23225 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23226 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23227 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23228 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23229
23230 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23231
23232 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23233 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23234
23235 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23236
23237 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23238 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23239 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23240
23241 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23242
23243 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23244 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23245 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23246 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23247 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23248 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23249
23250 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23251
23252 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23253 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23254
23255 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23256
23257 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23258 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23259
23260 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23261
23262 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23263 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23264
23265 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23266 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23267
23268 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23269
23270 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23271 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23272
23273 This is set to nil by default.")
23274
23275 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23276 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23277 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23278 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23279 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23280 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23281 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23282
23283 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23284 Read and edit incoming mail.
23285 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23286 file in RMAIL Mode.
23287 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23288
23289 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23290 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23291 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23292 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23293
23294 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23295
23296 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23297
23298 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23299 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23300 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23301 Instead, these commands are available:
23302
23303 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23304 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23305 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23306 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23307 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23308 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23309 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23310 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23311 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23312 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23313 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23314 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23315 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23316 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23317 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23318 till a deleted message is found.
23319 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23320 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23321 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23322 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23323 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23324 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23325 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23326 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23327 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23328 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23329 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23330 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23331 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23332 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23333 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23334 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23335 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23336 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23337 (label defaults to last one specified).
23338 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23339 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23340 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23341 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23342 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23343 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23344 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23345 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23346 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23347
23348 \(fn)" t nil)
23349
23350 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23351 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23352
23353 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23354
23355 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23356 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23357
23358 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23359
23360 ;;;***
23361 \f
23362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21989 31537
23363 ;;;;;; 907825 721000))
23364 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23365 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23366
23367 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23368 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23369 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23370 case it writes Babyl.
23371
23372 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23373 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23374 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23375 `rmail-default-file'.
23376
23377 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23378 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23379 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23380
23381 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23382 the header display is currently pruned.
23383
23384 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23385 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23386 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23387 messages after output.
23388
23389 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23390 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23391 message (if writing a file directly).
23392
23393 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23394 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23395
23396 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23397
23398 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23399 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23400 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23401 i) the header is output as currently seen
23402 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23403 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23404
23405 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23406 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23407 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23408
23409 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23410
23411 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23412 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23413 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23414 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23415 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23416 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23417 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23418
23419 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23420 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23421 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23422
23423 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23424
23425 ;;;***
23426 \f
23427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21978 61237
23428 ;;;;;; 666488 269000))
23429 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23430
23431 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23432 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23433 Return a pattern.
23434
23435 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23436
23437 ;;;***
23438 \f
23439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23440 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23441 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23442
23443 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23444 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23445 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23446 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23447
23448 \(fn)" t nil)
23449
23450 ;;;***
23451 \f
23452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21948 40114
23453 ;;;;;; 322686 453000))
23454 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23455
23456 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23457 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23458
23459 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23460 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23461 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23462 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23463 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23464 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23465 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23466 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23467 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23468 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23469
23470 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23471 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23472 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23473 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23474 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23475 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23476 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23477 to use for finding the schema.
23478
23479 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23480
23481 ;;;***
23482 \f
23483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23484 ;;;;;; 720000))
23485 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23486
23487 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23488
23489 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23490 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23491 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23492 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23493 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23494 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23495 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23496 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23497 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23498 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23499 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23500 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23501 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23502 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23503 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23504 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23505 must be equal.
23506
23507 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23508
23509 ;;;***
23510 \f
23511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21953 58033
23512 ;;;;;; 303058 929000))
23513 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23514
23515 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23516 Define a robin package.
23517
23518 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23519 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23520 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23521 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23522
23523 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23524 one replaces the old one.
23525
23526 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23527
23528 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23529 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23530
23531 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23532 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23533 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23534
23535 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23536
23537 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23538 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23539
23540 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23541
23542 ;;;***
23543 \f
23544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23545 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23546
23547 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23548 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23549
23550 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23551
23552 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23553 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23554
23555 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23556
23557 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23558 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23559
23560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23561
23562 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23563 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23564 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23565
23566 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23567 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23568 in ROT13.
23569
23570 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23571
23572 \(fn)" t nil)
23573
23574 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23575 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23576
23577 \(fn)" t nil)
23578
23579 ;;;***
23580 \f
23581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22034 20008 325500
23582 ;;;;;; 287000))
23583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23584 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23585
23586 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23587 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23588 \\<rst-mode-map>
23589
23590 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23591 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23592 highlighting.
23593
23594 \\{rst-mode-map}
23595
23596 \(fn)" t nil)
23597
23598 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23599 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23601 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23603
23604 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23605 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23606 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23607
23608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23609
23610 ;;;***
23611 \f
23612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22015
23613 ;;;;;; 55603 817705 321000))
23614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23615 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23616
23617 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23618 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23619
23620 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23621
23622 \(fn)" t nil)
23623
23624 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23625
23626 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23627
23628 ;;;***
23629 \f
23630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22026 25907 643502
23631 ;;;;;; 692000))
23632 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23633 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23634
23635 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23636 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23637 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23638
23639 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23640 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23641 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23642 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23643 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23644
23645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23646
23647 ;;;***
23648 \f
23649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22011 58553 441858
23650 ;;;;;; 469000))
23651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23652
23653 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23654 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23655 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23656 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23657
23658 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23659
23660 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23661 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23662 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23663
23664 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23665 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23666 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23667
23668 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23669 notation.
23670
23671 STRING
23672 matches string STRING literally.
23673
23674 CHAR
23675 matches character CHAR literally.
23676
23677 `not-newline', `nonl'
23678 matches any character except a newline.
23679
23680 `anything'
23681 matches any character
23682
23683 `(any SET ...)'
23684 `(in SET ...)'
23685 `(char SET ...)'
23686 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23687 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23688 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23689
23690 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23691 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23692 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23693 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23694
23695 `(not (any SET ...))'
23696 matches any character not in SET ...
23697
23698 `line-start', `bol'
23699 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23700 in the text being matched
23701
23702 `line-end', `eol'
23703 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23704
23705 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23706 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23707 string being matched against.
23708
23709 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23710 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23711 string being matched against.
23712
23713 `buffer-start'
23714 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23715 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23716
23717 `buffer-end'
23718 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23719 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23720
23721 `point'
23722 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23723
23724 `word-start', `bow'
23725 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23726
23727 `word-end', `eow'
23728 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23729
23730 `word-boundary'
23731 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23732 word.
23733
23734 `(not word-boundary)'
23735 `not-word-boundary'
23736 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23737 word.
23738
23739 `symbol-start'
23740 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23741
23742 `symbol-end'
23743 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23744
23745 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23746 matches 0 through 9.
23747
23748 `control', `cntrl'
23749 matches ASCII control characters.
23750
23751 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23752 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23753
23754 `blank'
23755 matches space and tab only.
23756
23757 `graphic', `graph'
23758 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23759 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23760 unassigned by Unicode.
23761
23762 `printing', `print'
23763 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23764
23765 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23766 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23767 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23768
23769 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23770 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23771 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23772
23773 `ascii'
23774 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23775
23776 `nonascii'
23777 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23778
23779 `lower', `lower-case'
23780 matches anything lower-case.
23781
23782 `upper', `upper-case'
23783 matches anything upper-case.
23784
23785 `punctuation', `punct'
23786 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23787 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23788
23789 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23790 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23791
23792 `word', `wordchar'
23793 matches anything that has word syntax.
23794
23795 `not-wordchar'
23796 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23797
23798 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23799 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23800 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23801 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23802
23803 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23804 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23805 `word' (\\sw)
23806 `symbol' (\\s_)
23807 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23808 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23809 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23810 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23811 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23812 `escape' (\\s\\)
23813 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23814 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23815 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23816 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23817 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23818
23819 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23820 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23821
23822 `(category CATEGORY)'
23823 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23824 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23825
23826 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23827 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23828 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23829 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23830 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23831 `symbol' (\\c5)
23832 `digit' (\\c6)
23833 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23834 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23835 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23836 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23837 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23838 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23839 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23840 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23841 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23842 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23843 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23844 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23845 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23846 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23847 `ascii' (\\ca)
23848 `arabic' (\\cb)
23849 `chinese' (\\cc)
23850 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23851 `greek' (\\cg)
23852 `korean' (\\ch)
23853 `indian' (\\ci)
23854 `japanese' (\\cj)
23855 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23856 `latin' (\\cl)
23857 `lao' (\\co)
23858 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23859 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23860 `thai' (\\ct)
23861 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23862 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23863 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23864 `can-break' (\\c|)
23865
23866 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23867 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23868
23869 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23870 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23871 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23872 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23873 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23874
23875 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23876 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23877 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23878 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23879
23880 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23881 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23882 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23883 group number N.
23884
23885 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23886 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23887 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23888 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23889 regular expression.
23890
23891 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23892 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23893 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23894 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23895 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23896
23897 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23898 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23899
23900 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23901 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23902
23903 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23904 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23905 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23906
23907 `(* SEXP ...)'
23908 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23909 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23910
23911 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23912 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23913 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23914
23915 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23916 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23917 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23918
23919 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23920 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23921
23922 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23923 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23924
23925 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23926 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23927 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23928 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23929
23930 `(? SEXP ...)'
23931 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23932
23933 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23934 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23935
23936 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23937 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23938 matches N occurrences.
23939
23940 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23941 matches N or more occurrences.
23942
23943 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23944 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23945 matches N to M occurrences.
23946
23947 `(backref N)'
23948 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23949
23950 `(eval FORM)'
23951 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23952 `regexp-quote' it.
23953
23954 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23955 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23956
23957 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23958
23959 ;;;***
23960 \f
23961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
23962 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23963 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23964 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23965
23966 ;;;***
23967 \f
23968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21981 37426 703399
23969 ;;;;;; 97000))
23970 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23971 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23972
23973 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23974 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23975 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23976 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23977 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23978 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23979
23980 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23981
23982 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23983 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23987
23988 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23989 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23990 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23991 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23992
23993 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23994 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23995 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23996
23997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23998
23999 ;;;***
24000 \f
24001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (21822 58098 20521
24002 ;;;;;; 61000))
24003 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24004
24005 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24006 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24007 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24008 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24009 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24010 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24011
24012 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24013
24014 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24015 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24016 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24017 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24018
24019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24020
24021 ;;;***
24022 \f
24023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22011 58553
24024 ;;;;;; 925858 469000))
24025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24026
24027 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24028 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24029 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24030
24031 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24032 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24033 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24034 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24035 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24036 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24037 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24038 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24039
24040 Commands:
24041 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24042 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24043 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24044
24045 \(fn)" t nil)
24046
24047 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24048 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24049 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24050
24051 Commands:
24052 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24053 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24054 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24055 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24056 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24057 that variable's value is a string.
24058
24059 \(fn)" t nil)
24060
24061 ;;;***
24062 \f
24063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
24064 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24066
24067 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24068 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24069 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24070
24071 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24072
24073 \(fn)" t nil)
24074
24075 ;;;***
24076 \f
24077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
24078 ;;;;;; 586000))
24079 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24080
24081 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24082 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24083 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24084 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24085 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24086 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24087
24088 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24089
24090 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24091 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24092 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24093 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24094 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24095
24096 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24097 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24098
24099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24100
24101 ;;;***
24102 \f
24103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
24104 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24105 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24106
24107 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24108 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24109 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24110 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24111 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24112 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24113 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24114 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24115
24116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24117
24118 ;;;***
24119 \f
24120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22011 58553 765858
24121 ;;;;;; 469000))
24122 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24123 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24124 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24125
24126 ;;;***
24127 \f
24128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21948 40114
24129 ;;;;;; 186686 453000))
24130 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24131 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24132
24133 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24134 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24135 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24136
24137 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24138 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24139 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24140 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24141 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24142 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24143 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24144 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24145 keybinding for tag names.
24146 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24147 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24148 of the symbol under point.
24149 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24150 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24151 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24152 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24153 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24154 syntax tokens.
24155 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24156
24157 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24158
24159 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24160 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24161 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24162 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24163 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24164 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24165
24166 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24167
24168 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24169 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24170 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24171 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24172 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24173
24174 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24175 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24176 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24177 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24178 Semantic mode.
24179
24180 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24181
24182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24183
24184 ;;;***
24185 \f
24186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24187 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24188 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24189
24190 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24191 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24192
24193 \(fn)" t nil)
24194
24195 ;;;***
24196 \f
24197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24198 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24199 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24200
24201 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24202 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24203
24204 \(fn)" t nil)
24205
24206 ;;;***
24207 \f
24208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22026 25907
24209 ;;;;;; 603502 692000))
24210 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24211
24212 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24213 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24214
24215 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24216 king@grassland.com
24217 If `parens', they look like:
24218 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24219 If `angles', they look like:
24220 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24221
24222 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24223 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24224
24225 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24226
24227 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24228 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24229 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24230 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24231
24232 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24233 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24234 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24235 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24236
24237 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24238
24239 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24240 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24241 This is done when the message is initialized,
24242 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24243
24244 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24245
24246 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24247 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24248 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24249
24250 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24251
24252 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24253 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24254 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24255 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24256 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24257 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24258 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24259
24260 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24261
24262 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24263 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24264
24265 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24266
24267 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24268 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24269 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24270 be a Babyl file.")
24271
24272 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24273
24274 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24275 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24276 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24277 when you first send mail.")
24278
24279 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24280
24281 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24282 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24283 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24284 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24285 This file need not actually exist.")
24286
24287 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24288
24289 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24290 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24291
24292 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24293
24294 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24295 Alist of mail address aliases,
24296 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24297 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24298 can specify a different file name.)
24299 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24300 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24301
24302 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24303 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24304 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24305
24306 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24307
24308 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24309 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24310 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24311
24312 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24313
24314 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24315 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24316 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24317 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24318 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24319 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24320 in the cited portion of the message.
24321
24322 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24323 instead of no action.")
24324
24325 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24326
24327 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24328 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24329 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24330 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24331 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24332
24333 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24334
24335 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24336 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24337 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24338 If a string, that string is inserted.
24339 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24340 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24341 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24342 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24343
24344 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24345
24346 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24347 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24348
24349 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24350
24351 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24352 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24353 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24354
24355 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24356 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24357
24358 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24359
24360 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24361 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24362 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24363 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24364
24365 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24366
24367 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24368 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24369 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24370
24371 \(fn)" nil nil)
24372
24373 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24374
24375 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24376
24377
24378 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24379
24380 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24381 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24382 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24383
24384 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24385 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24386
24387 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24388 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24389 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24390 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24391 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24392 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24393 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24394 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24395 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24396 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24397 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24398 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24399 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24400 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24401
24402 \(fn)" t nil)
24403
24404 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24405 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24406 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24407 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24408
24409 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24410
24411 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24412 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24413 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24414 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24415 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24416 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24417
24418 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24419 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24420 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24421
24422 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24423 User should not set this variable manually,
24424 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24425 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24426 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24427
24428 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24429 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24430 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24431 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24432
24433 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24434 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24435
24436 \\<mail-mode-map>
24437 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24438
24439 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24440 to move to message header fields:
24441 \\{mail-mode-map}
24442
24443 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24444 when the message is initialized.
24445
24446 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24447 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24448
24449 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24450 is inserted.
24451
24452 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24453 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24454
24455 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24456 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24457 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24458 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24459 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24460 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24461 buffer without erasing the contents.
24462
24463 The second through fifth arguments,
24464 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24465 the initial contents of those header fields.
24466 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24467 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24468 original message being replied to, or else an action
24469 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24470 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24471 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24472 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24473 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24474 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24475
24476 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24477
24478 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24479 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24480
24481 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24482
24483 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24484 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24485
24486 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24487
24488 ;;;***
24489 \f
24490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22065 61995 842407
24491 ;;;;;; 852000))
24492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24493 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24494
24495 ;;;***
24496 \f
24497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22056 47028 775798 795000))
24498 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24499
24500 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24501
24502 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24503
24504 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24505
24506 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24507 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24508 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24509 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24510 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24511 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24512
24513 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24514 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24515
24516 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24517 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24518 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24519
24520 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24521 \\[server-start].
24522
24523 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24524
24525 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24526 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24527 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24528 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24529
24530 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24531
24532 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24533 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24534 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24537 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24538
24539 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24540
24541 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24542 Toggle Server mode.
24543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24545 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24546
24547 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24548 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24549 `server-start' for details.
24550
24551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24552
24553 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24554 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24555 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24556
24557 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24558 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24559
24560 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24561
24562 ;;;***
24563 \f
24564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21990 52406 736500 385000))
24565 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24566
24567 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24568 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24569
24570 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24571 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24572 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24573 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24574 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24575
24576 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24577 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24578 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24579 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24580 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24581 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24582
24583 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24584 displayed.
24585
24586 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24587 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24588 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24589
24590 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24591 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24592
24593 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24594 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24595
24596 \\{ses-mode-map}
24597 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24598 part):
24599 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24600 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24601 formula:
24602 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24603
24604 \(fn)" t nil)
24605
24606 ;;;***
24607 \f
24608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22011
24609 ;;;;;; 58554 69858 469000))
24610 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24611
24612 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24613 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24614 Makes > match <.
24615 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24616 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24617
24618 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24619 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24620 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24621
24622 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24623 in your init file.
24624
24625 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24626
24627 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24628 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24629 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24630
24631 \(fn)" t nil)
24632
24633 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24634 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24635 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24636 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24637 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24638 which this is based.
24639
24640 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24641
24642 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24643 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24644 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24645 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24646
24647 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24648 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24649 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24650
24651 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24652 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24653 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24654 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24655
24656 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24657 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24658 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24659 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24660
24661 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24662
24663 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24664 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24665 To work around that, do:
24666 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24667
24668 \\{html-mode-map}
24669
24670 \(fn)" t nil)
24671
24672 ;;;***
24673 \f
24674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22061
24675 ;;;;;; 64938 532287 963000))
24676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24677 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24678 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24679
24680 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24681 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24682 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24683 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24684 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24685 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24686
24687 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24688 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24689 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24690 shell-specific features.
24691
24692 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24693 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24694 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24695 \\<sh-mode-map>
24696 \\[sh-case] case statement
24697 \\[sh-for] for loop
24698 \\[sh-function] function definition
24699 \\[sh-if] if statement
24700 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24701 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24702 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24703 \\[sh-select] select loop
24704 \\[sh-until] until loop
24705 \\[sh-while] while loop
24706
24707 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24708 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24709 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24710 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24711 would indent to the way it currently is.
24712 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24713 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24714
24715
24716 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24717 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24718 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24719 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24720 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24721
24722 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24723 unquoted < insert a here document.
24724
24725 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24726 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24727 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24728
24729 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24730 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24731
24732 \(fn)" t nil)
24733
24734 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24735
24736 ;;;***
24737 \f
24738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22026 25907
24739 ;;;;;; 583502 692000))
24740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24741
24742 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24743 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24744
24745 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24746 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24747 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24748
24749 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24750 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24751 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24752 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24753 the earlier.
24754
24755 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24756
24757 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24758
24759 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24760 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24761 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24762
24763 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24764 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24765
24766 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24767 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24768 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24769 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24770 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24771 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24772 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24773 Emacs version).
24774
24775 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24776 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24777 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24778 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24779 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24780
24781 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24782 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24783
24784 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24785
24786 ;;;***
24787 \f
24788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24789 ;;;;;; 586000))
24790 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24791
24792 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24793 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24794 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24795 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24796 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24797 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24798 sites in the cluster.
24799
24800 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24801
24802 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24803 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24804 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24805 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24806 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24807
24808 \(fn)" t nil)
24809
24810 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24811 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24812 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24813 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24814 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24815 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24816 `shadow-define-cluster').
24817
24818 \(fn)" t nil)
24819
24820 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24821 Set up file shadowing.
24822
24823 \(fn)" t nil)
24824
24825 ;;;***
24826 \f
24827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21896 48221 754207 816000))
24828 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24829
24830 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24831 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24832 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24833 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24834 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24835 arguments.")
24836
24837 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24838
24839 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24840 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24841 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24842 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24843 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24844
24845 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24846 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24847 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24848 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24849 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24850 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24851 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24852 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24853 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24854 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24855 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24856
24857 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24858 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24859 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24860 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24861 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24862 `default-process-coding-system'.
24863
24864 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24865 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24866 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24867 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24868
24869 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24870
24871 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24872
24873 ;;;***
24874 \f
24875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22047 32042 328736 723000))
24876 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24877
24878 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24879 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24880
24881 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24882
24883 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24884 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24885 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24886 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24887
24888 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24889
24890 ;;;***
24891 \f
24892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21972 22452 270264
24893 ;;;;;; 357000))
24894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24895
24896 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24897
24898
24899 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24900
24901 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24902
24903
24904 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24905
24906 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24907
24908
24909 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24910
24911 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24912
24913
24914 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24915
24916 ;;;***
24917 \f
24918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21931 31023
24919 ;;;;;; 733164 572000))
24920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24921
24922 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24923 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24924 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24925 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24926 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24927
24928 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24929
24930 \(fn)" t nil)
24931
24932 ;;;***
24933 \f
24934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24935 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24936 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24937
24938 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24939 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24940 \\{simula-mode-map}
24941 Variables controlling indentation style:
24942 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24943 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24944 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24945 `simula-indent-level'
24946 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24947 `simula-substatement-offset'
24948 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24949 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24950 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24951 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24952 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24953 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24954 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24955 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24956 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24957 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24958 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24959 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24960 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24961 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24962 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24963 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24964 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24965 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24966 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24967 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24968 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24969 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24970 or nil if they should not be changed.
24971 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24972 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24973 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24974 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24975
24976 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24977 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24978
24979 \(fn)" t nil)
24980
24981 ;;;***
24982 \f
24983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22026 25907 643502
24984 ;;;;;; 692000))
24985 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24986
24987 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24988 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24989
24990 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24991 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24992 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24993 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24994
24995 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24996
24997 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24998
24999 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25000 Insert SKELETON.
25001 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25002 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25003 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25004 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25005 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25006
25007 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25008 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25009
25010 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25011
25012 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25013 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25014
25015 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25016 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25017 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25018 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25019
25020 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25021 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25022 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25023 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25024
25025 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25026 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25027 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25028
25029 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25030 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25031
25032 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25033 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25034
25035 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25036 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25037 is at bol/eol
25038 _ interesting point, interregion here
25039 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25040 interesting point set by _
25041 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25042 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25043 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25044 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25045 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25046 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25047 nil skipped
25048
25049 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25050 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25051
25052 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25053 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25054 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25055 as the first element when at bol.
25056
25057 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25058 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25059 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25060 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25061 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25062 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25063 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25064 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25065
25066 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25067 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25068 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25069 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25070 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25071 available:
25072
25073 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25074 then: insert previously read string once more
25075 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25076 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25077 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25078
25079 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25080 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25081
25082 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25083
25084 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25085 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25086
25087 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25088 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25089 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25090 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25091 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25092 such as backslash.
25093
25094 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25095 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25096 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25097 twice for the others.
25098
25099 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25100
25101 ;;;***
25102 \f
25103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
25104 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
25105 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25106
25107 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25108 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25109 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25110 buffer names.
25111
25112 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25113
25114 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25115 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25116 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25117 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25118 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25119 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25120
25121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25122
25123 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25124 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25125 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25126
25127 \(fn)" t nil)
25128
25129 ;;;***
25130 \f
25131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
25132 ;;;;;; 720000))
25133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25134
25135 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25136 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25137 A list of images is returned.
25138
25139 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25140
25141 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25142 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25143 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25144
25145 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25146
25147 ;;;***
25148 \f
25149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
25150 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25151 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25152
25153 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25154
25155
25156 \(fn)" nil nil)
25157
25158 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25159 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25160
25161 \(fn)" t nil)
25162
25163 ;;;***
25164 \f
25165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
25166 ;;;;;; 720000))
25167 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25168
25169 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25170 Play the Snake game.
25171 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25172
25173 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25174
25175 Snake mode keybindings:
25176 \\<snake-mode-map>
25177 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25178 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25179 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25180 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25181 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25182 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25183 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25184
25185 \(fn)" t nil)
25186
25187 ;;;***
25188 \f
25189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
25190 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25191 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25192
25193 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25194 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25195 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25196 Tab indents for C code.
25197 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25198 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25199 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25200 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25201 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25202
25203 \(fn)" t nil)
25204
25205 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25206 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25207 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25208 Tab indents for C code.
25209 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25210 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25211 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25212 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25213 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25214
25215 \(fn)" t nil)
25216
25217 ;;;***
25218 \f
25219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22061 64938
25220 ;;;;;; 516287 963000))
25221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25222 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
25223
25224 ;;;***
25225 \f
25226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (22061
25227 ;;;;;; 64938 516287 963000))
25228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
25229 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
25230
25231 ;;;***
25232 \f
25233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21849 48176 337264
25234 ;;;;;; 443000))
25235 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25236
25237 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25238 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25239 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25240 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25241 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25242
25243 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25244
25245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25246
25247 ;;;***
25248 \f
25249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
25250 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25251 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25252
25253 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25254 Play Solitaire.
25255
25256 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25257 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25258 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25259 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25260 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25261 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25262 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25263 check after each move or undo.)
25264
25265 What is Solitaire?
25266
25267 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25268 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25269 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25270
25271 Le Solitaire
25272 ============
25273
25274 o o o
25275
25276 o o o
25277
25278 o o o o o o o
25279
25280 o o o . o o o
25281
25282 o o o o o o o
25283
25284 o o o
25285
25286 o o o
25287
25288 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25289 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25290 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25291 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25292
25293 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25294 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25295 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25296 this: o o .
25297
25298 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25299 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25300
25301 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25302
25303 o o o
25304
25305 . o o
25306
25307 o o . o o o o
25308
25309 o . o o o o o
25310
25311 o o o o o o o
25312
25313 o o o
25314
25315 o o o
25316
25317 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25318
25319 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25320
25321 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25322
25323 ;;;***
25324 \f
25325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22011 58553 993858 469000))
25326 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25327 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25328
25329 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25330 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25331
25332 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25333 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25334 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25335 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25336 contiguous.
25337
25338 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25339 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25340 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25341 the sort order.
25342
25343 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25344 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25345
25346 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25347 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25348 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25349 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25350 is called.
25351
25352 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25353 It should move point to the end of the record.
25354
25355 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25356 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25357 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25358 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25359 starts at the beginning of the record.
25360
25361 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25362 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25363 same as ENDRECFUN.
25364
25365 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25366 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25367 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25368 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25369 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25370 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25371 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25372
25373 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25374
25375 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25376 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25377 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25378 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25379 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25380 the sort order.
25381
25382 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25383
25384 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25385 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25386 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25387 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25388 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25389 the sort order.
25390
25391 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25392
25393 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25394 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25395 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25396 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25397 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25398 the sort order.
25399
25400 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25401 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25402
25403 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25404 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25405 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25406 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25407 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25408 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25409 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25410 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25411 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25412
25413 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25414
25415 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25416 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25417 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25418 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25419 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25420 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25421 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25422 the sort order.
25423
25424 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25425
25426 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25427 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25428 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25429 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25430
25431 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25432 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25433
25434 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25435 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25436 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25437 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25438 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25439 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25440 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25441 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25442
25443 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25444
25445 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25446 the sort order.
25447
25448 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25449 starting with the letter \"f\",
25450 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25451
25452 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25453
25454 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25455 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25456 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25457 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25458 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25459 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25460 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25461 the sort order.
25462
25463 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25464 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25465 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25466 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25467 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25468
25469 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25470
25471 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25472 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25473 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25474
25475 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25476
25477 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25478 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25479 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25480 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25481 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25482 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25483 each repeated line.
25484
25485 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25486 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25487 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25488 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25489
25490 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25491 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25492
25493 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25494 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25495
25496 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25497
25498 ;;;***
25499 \f
25500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21981 37426 607399 97000))
25501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25502
25503 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25504 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25505 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25506 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25507 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25508 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25509
25510 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25511
25512 ;;;***
25513 \f
25514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22011
25515 ;;;;;; 58553 601858 469000))
25516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25517
25518 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25519 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25520
25521 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25522 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25523 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25524
25525 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25526
25527 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25528 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25529 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25530 server.
25531
25532 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25533
25534 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25535 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25536 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25537
25538 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25539
25540 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25541 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25542 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25543 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25544 Agent is plugged.
25545
25546 \(fn)" t nil)
25547
25548 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25549 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25550 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25551 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25552
25553 \(fn)" t nil)
25554
25555 ;;;***
25556 \f
25557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22011 58553 993858
25558 ;;;;;; 469000))
25559 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25560
25561 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25562
25563 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25564 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25565 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25566 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25567 supported at a time.
25568 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25569 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25570
25571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25572
25573 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25574 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25575 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25576 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25577
25578 \(fn)" t nil)
25579
25580 ;;;***
25581 \f
25582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25583 ;;;;;; 720000))
25584 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25585
25586 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25587 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25588
25589 \(fn)" t nil)
25590
25591 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25592 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25593
25594 \(fn)" nil nil)
25595
25596 ;;;***
25597 \f
25598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22011 58553 929858
25599 ;;;;;; 469000))
25600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25601 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25602
25603 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25604 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25605
25606 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25607 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25608 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25609 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25610 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25611 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25612 of the current highlighting list.
25613
25614 For example:
25615
25616 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25617 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25618
25619 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25620 `_t' as data types.
25621
25622 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25623
25624 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25625 Major mode to edit SQL.
25626
25627 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25628 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25629 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25630
25631 \\{sql-mode-map}
25632 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25633
25634 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25635 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25636 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25637 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25638 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25639 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25640
25641 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25642 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25643
25644 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25645 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25646 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25647
25648 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25649 (lambda ()
25650 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25651
25652 \(fn)" t nil)
25653
25654 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25655 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25656
25657 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25658 their settings.
25659
25660 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25661 is specified in the connection settings.
25662
25663 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25664
25665 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25666 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25667
25668 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25669 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25670
25671 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25672 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25673 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25674 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25675
25676 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25677
25678 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25679
25680 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25681 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25682
25683 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25684 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25685 `*SQL*'.
25686
25687 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25688 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25689 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25690 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25691
25692 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25693 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25694
25695 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25696 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25697 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25698 buffer.
25699
25700 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25701 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25702 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25703 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25704 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25705 `default-process-coding-system'.
25706
25707 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25708
25709 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25710
25711 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25712 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25713
25714 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25715 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25716 `*SQL*'.
25717
25718 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25719 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25720 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25721 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25722
25723 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25724 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25725
25726 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25727 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25728 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25729 buffer.
25730
25731 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25732 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25733 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25734 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25735 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25736 `default-process-coding-system'.
25737
25738 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25739
25740 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25741
25742 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25743 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25744
25745 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25746 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25747 `*SQL*'.
25748
25749 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25750 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25751
25752 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25753 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25754
25755 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25756 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25757 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25758 buffer.
25759
25760 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25761 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25762 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25763 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25764 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25765 `default-process-coding-system'.
25766
25767 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25768
25769 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25770
25771 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25772 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25773
25774 SQLite is free software.
25775
25776 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25777 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25778 `*SQL*'.
25779
25780 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25781 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25782 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25783 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25784
25785 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25786 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25787
25788 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25789 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25790 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25791 buffer.
25792
25793 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25794 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25795 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25796 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25797 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25798 `default-process-coding-system'.
25799
25800 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25801
25802 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25803
25804 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25805 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25806
25807 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25808
25809 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25810 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25811 `*SQL*'.
25812
25813 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25814 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25815 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25816 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25817
25818 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25819 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25820
25821 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25822 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25823 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25824 buffer.
25825
25826 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25827 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25828 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25829 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25830 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25831 `default-process-coding-system'.
25832
25833 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25834
25835 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25836
25837 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25838 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25839
25840 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25841 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25842 `*SQL*'.
25843
25844 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25845 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25846 defaults, if set.
25847
25848 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25849 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25850
25851 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25852 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25853 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25854 buffer.
25855
25856 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25857 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25858 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25859 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25860 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25861 `default-process-coding-system'.
25862
25863 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25864
25865 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25866
25867 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25868 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25869
25870 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25871 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25872 `*SQL*'.
25873
25874 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25875 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25876
25877 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25878 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25879
25880 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25881 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25882 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25883 buffer.
25884
25885 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25886 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25887 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25888 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25889 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25890 `default-process-coding-system'.
25891
25892 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25893
25894 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25895
25896 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25897 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25898
25899 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25900 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25901 `*SQL*'.
25902
25903 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25904 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25905 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25906 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25907
25908 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25909 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25910
25911 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25912 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25913 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25914 buffer.
25915
25916 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25917 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25918 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25919 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25920 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25921 `default-process-coding-system'.
25922
25923 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25924
25925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25926
25927 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25928 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25929
25930 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25931 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25932 `*SQL*'.
25933
25934 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25935 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25936 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25937 `sql-postgres-options'.
25938
25939 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25940 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25941
25942 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25943 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25944 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25945 buffer.
25946
25947 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25948 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25949 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25950 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25951 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25952 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25953 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25954 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25955
25956 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25957 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25958
25959 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25960
25961 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25962
25963 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25964 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25965
25966 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25967 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25968 `*SQL*'.
25969
25970 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25971 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25972 defaults, if set.
25973
25974 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25975 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25976
25977 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25978 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25979 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25980 buffer.
25981
25982 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25983 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25984 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25985 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25986 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25987 `default-process-coding-system'.
25988
25989 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25990
25991 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25992
25993 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25994 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25995
25996 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25997 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25998 `*SQL*'.
25999
26000 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26001 automatic login.
26002
26003 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26004 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26005
26006 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26007 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26008 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26009 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26010
26011 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26012 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26013 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26014 buffer.
26015
26016 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26017 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26018 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26019 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26020 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26021 `default-process-coding-system'.
26022
26023 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26024
26025 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26026
26027 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26028 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26029
26030 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26031 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26032 `*SQL*'.
26033
26034 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26035 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26036 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26037 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26038 parameters.
26039
26040 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26041 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26042 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26043 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26044 an empty password.
26045
26046 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26047 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26048
26049 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26050 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26051 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26052 buffer.
26053
26054 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26055
26056 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26057
26058 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26059 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26060
26061 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26062
26063 ;;;***
26064 \f
26065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
26066 ;;;;;; 725000))
26067 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26068 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26069
26070 ;;;***
26071 \f
26072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26073 ;;;;;; (21998 46516 910024 649000))
26074 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26075
26076 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26077 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26078
26079 \(fn)" t nil)
26080
26081 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26082
26083 ;;;***
26084 \f
26085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
26086 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
26087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26088
26089 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26090 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26091 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26092 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26093 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26094 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26095 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26096 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26097 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26098 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26099 with any buffer
26100 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26101 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26102 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26103 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26104
26105 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26106
26107 ;;;***
26108 \f
26109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21981 37426 735399
26110 ;;;;;; 97000))
26111 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26112
26113 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26114 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26115 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26116 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26117 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26118 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26119
26120 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26121
26122 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26123
26124 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26125 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26126 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26127 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26128 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26129 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26130 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26131
26132 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26133
26134 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26135 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26136 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26137 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26138 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26139 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26140 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26141
26142 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26143
26144 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26145 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26146 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26147
26148 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26149
26150 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26151 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26152 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26153
26154 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26155
26156 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26157 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26158
26159 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26160
26161 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26162 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26163
26164 \(fn)" t nil)
26165
26166 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26167 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26168
26169 \(fn)" t nil)
26170
26171 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26172 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26173 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26174 by command name.
26175 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26176
26177 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26178
26179 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26180 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26181 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26182 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26183 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26184 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26185
26186 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26187
26188 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26189 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26190 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26191 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26192 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26193
26194 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26195 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26196 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26197 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26198 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26199
26200 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26201 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26202 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26203 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26204
26205 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26206
26207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26208
26209 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26210 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26211 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26212 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26213
26214 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26215
26216 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26217 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26218
26219 \(fn)" t nil)
26220
26221 ;;;***
26222 \f
26223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26224 ;;;;;; 42000))
26225 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26226
26227 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26228 Studlify-case the region.
26229
26230 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26231
26232 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26233 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26234
26235 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26236
26237 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26238 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26239
26240 \(fn)" t nil)
26241
26242 ;;;***
26243 \f
26244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
26245 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26246 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26247
26248 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26249
26250 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26251 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26252 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26253 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26254 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26255
26256 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26257 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26258 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26259 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26260
26261 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26262 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26263 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26264
26265 Nomenclature Subwords
26266 ===========================================================
26267 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26268 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26269 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26270
26271 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26272 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26273
26274 \\{subword-mode-map}
26275
26276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26277
26278 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26279 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26280 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26282 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26283 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26284
26285 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26286
26287 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26288 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26289 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26290 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26291 ARG is omitted or nil.
26292
26293 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26294 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26295 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26296
26297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26298
26299 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26300 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26301 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26302 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26303 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26304
26305 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26306 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26307 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26308 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26309
26310 \\{superword-mode-map}
26311
26312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26313
26314 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26315 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26316 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26317 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26318 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26319 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26320
26321 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26322
26323 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26324 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26325 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26326 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26327 ARG is omitted or nil.
26328
26329 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26330 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26331 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26332
26333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26334
26335 ;;;***
26336 \f
26337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21852 24381
26338 ;;;;;; 697240 10000))
26339 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26340
26341 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26342 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26343 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26344 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26345 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26346 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26347 original message but it does require a few things:
26348
26349 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26350
26351 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26352 reply buffer.
26353
26354 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26355 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26356 original message.
26357
26358 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26359
26360 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26361
26362 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26363 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26364 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26365
26366 \(fn)" nil nil)
26367
26368 ;;;***
26369 \f
26370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26371 ;;;;;; 586000))
26372 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26373
26374 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26375
26376 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26377 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26378 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26380 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26381 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26382
26383 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26384
26385 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26386 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26387 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26388 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26389 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26390
26391 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26392 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26393 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26394
26395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26396
26397 ;;;***
26398 \f
26399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26400 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26401
26402 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26403 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26404 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26405 buffer.
26406
26407 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26408 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26409 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26410
26411 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26412
26413 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26414 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26415 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26416 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26417 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26418 buffer.
26419
26420 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26421 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26422 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26423
26424 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26425
26426 ;;;***
26427 \f
26428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21998 46517 298024
26429 ;;;;;; 649000))
26430 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26431
26432 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26433 Insert an editable text table.
26434 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26435 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26436 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26437 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26438 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26439 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26440 delimiting them.
26441
26442 Examples:
26443
26444 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26445
26446 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26447 location of point.
26448
26449 -!-
26450
26451 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26452 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26453 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26454 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26455 first cell.
26456
26457 +-----+-----+-----+
26458 |-!- | | |
26459 +-----+-----+-----+
26460
26461 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26462
26463 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26464 width, which results as
26465
26466 +--------------+-----+-----+
26467 |-!- | | |
26468 +--------------+-----+-----+
26469
26470 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26471 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26472
26473 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26474 | | |-!- |
26475 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26476
26477 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26478 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26479 width information to `table-insert'.
26480
26481 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26482
26483 instead of
26484
26485 Cell width(s): 5
26486
26487 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26488 work all together.
26489
26490 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26491 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26492
26493 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26494 |-!- | | |
26495 | | | |
26496 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26497
26498 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26499
26500 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26501 |-!- | | |
26502 | | | |
26503 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26504 | | | |
26505 | | | |
26506 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26507
26508 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26509
26510 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26511 | | | |
26512 | | | |
26513 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26514 | | | |
26515 | | | |
26516 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26517 -!-
26518
26519 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26520 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26521 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26522
26523 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26524 | | | |
26525 | | | |
26526 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26527 | | | |
26528 | | | |
26529 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26530 |-!- | | |
26531 | | | |
26532 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26533
26534 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26535 results.
26536
26537 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26538 | | | |
26539 | | | |
26540 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26541 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26542 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26543 | | |expected results.-!- |
26544 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26545 | | | |
26546 | | | |
26547 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26548
26549 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26550
26551 \\{table-cell-map}
26552
26553 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26554
26555 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26556 Insert N table row(s).
26557 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26558 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26559 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26560 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26561
26562 \(fn N)" t nil)
26563
26564 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26565 Insert N table column(s).
26566 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26567 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26568 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26569 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26570
26571 \(fn N)" t nil)
26572
26573 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26574 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26575 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26576
26577 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26578
26579 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26580 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26581 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26582 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26583 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26584 all the table specific features.
26585
26586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26587
26588 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26589
26590
26591 \(fn)" t nil)
26592
26593 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26594 Recognize all tables within region.
26595 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26596 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26597 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26598 specific features.
26599
26600 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26601
26602 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26603
26604
26605 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26606
26607 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26608 Recognize a table at point.
26609 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26610 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26611 the table specific features.
26612
26613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26614
26615 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26616
26617
26618 \(fn)" t nil)
26619
26620 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26621 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26622 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26623 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26624 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26625 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26626 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26627
26628 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26629
26630 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26631
26632
26633 \(fn)" t nil)
26634
26635 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26636 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26637 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26638 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26639 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26640 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26641 specified.
26642
26643 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26644
26645 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26646 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26647 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26648 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26649 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26650 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26651 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26652 table structure.
26653
26654 \(fn N)" t nil)
26655
26656 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26657 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26658 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26659 table's rectangle structure.
26660
26661 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26662
26663 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26664 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26665 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26666 table's rectangle structure.
26667
26668 \(fn N)" t nil)
26669
26670 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26671 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26672 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26673 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26674 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26675
26676 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26677
26678 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26679 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26680 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26681
26682 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26683 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26684 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26685 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26686 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26687 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26688 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26689
26690 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26691 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26692 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26693 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26694 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26695 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26696 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26697
26698 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26699 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26700 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26701 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26702 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26703 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26704 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26705 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26706
26707 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26708
26709 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26710 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26711 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26712 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26713
26714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26715
26716 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26717 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26718 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26719
26720 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26721
26722 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26723 Split current cell vertically.
26724 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26725
26726 \(fn)" t nil)
26727
26728 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26729 Split current cell horizontally.
26730 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26731
26732 \(fn)" t nil)
26733
26734 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26735 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26736 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26737
26738 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26739
26740 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26741 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26742 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26743 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26744
26745 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26746
26747 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26748 Justify cell contents.
26749 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26750 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26751 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26752 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26753
26754 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26755
26756 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26757 Justify cells of a row.
26758 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26759 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26760
26761 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26762
26763 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26764 Justify cells of a column.
26765 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26766 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26767
26768 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26769
26770 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26771 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26772 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26773 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26774 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26775 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26776 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26777 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26778 run-time.
26779
26780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26781
26782 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26783 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26784 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26785 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26786 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26787 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26788 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26789 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26790 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26791 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26792 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26793
26794 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26795
26796 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26797 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26798 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26799 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26800 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26801 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26802 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26803 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26804 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26805 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26806 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26807 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26808 untouched.
26809
26810 References used for this implementation:
26811
26812 HTML:
26813 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26814
26815 LaTeX:
26816 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26817
26818 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26819 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26820 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26821
26822 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26823
26824 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26825 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26826 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26827 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26828 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26829 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26830 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26831 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26832 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26833 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26834 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26835 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26836 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26837 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26838 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26839 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
26840 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26841
26842 Example:
26843
26844 (progn
26845 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26846 (table-forward-cell 15)
26847 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26848 (table-forward-cell 16)
26849 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26850 (table-forward-cell 1)
26851 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
26852
26853 (progn
26854 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26855 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
26856 (table-forward-cell 1)
26857 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
26858
26859 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26860
26861 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26862 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26863 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26864 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26865 consists from cells of same height.
26866
26867 \(fn N)" t nil)
26868
26869 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26870 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26871 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26872 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26873 column must consists from cells of same width.
26874
26875 \(fn N)" t nil)
26876
26877 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26878 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26879 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26880 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26881 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26882 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26883 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26884 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26885 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26886 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26887 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26888 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26889 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26890 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26891 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26892
26893
26894 Example 1:
26895
26896 1, 2, 3, 4
26897 5, 6, 7, 8
26898 , 9, 10
26899
26900 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26901 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26902 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26903 specified as 5.
26904
26905 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26906 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26907 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26908 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26909 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26910 | | 9 | 10 | |
26911 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26912
26913 Note:
26914
26915 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26916 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26917 of each row is optional.
26918
26919
26920 Example 2:
26921
26922 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26923 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26924 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26925 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26926 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26927
26928 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26929 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26930
26931 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26932 expression and raw delimiter regular
26933 expression, it parses the specified text
26934 area and extracts cell items from
26935 non-table text and then forms a table out
26936 of them.
26937
26938 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26939 creates a single cell table. The text in
26940 the specified region is placed in that
26941 cell.-*-
26942
26943 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26944 like this.
26945
26946 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26947 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26948 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26949 | |
26950 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26951 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26952 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26953 | area and extracts cell items from |
26954 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26955 | of them. |
26956 | |
26957 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26958 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26959 | the specified region is placed in that |
26960 | cell. |
26961 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26962
26963 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26964 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26965 independently.
26966
26967 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26968 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26969 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26970 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26971 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26972 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26973 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26974 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26975 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26976 | |of them. |
26977 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26978 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26979 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26980 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26981 | |cell. |
26982 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26983
26984 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26985 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26986 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26987
26988 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26989
26990 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26991 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26992 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26993 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26994 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26995
26996 \(fn)" t nil)
26997
26998 ;;;***
26999 \f
27000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27001 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27002
27003 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27004 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27005
27006 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27007
27008 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27009 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27010
27011 \(fn)" t nil)
27012
27013 ;;;***
27014 \f
27015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
27016 ;;;;;; 752000))
27017 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27018
27019 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27020 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27021 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27022 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27023 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27024 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27025 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27026
27027 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27028 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27029 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27030 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27031
27032 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27033 \\{tar-mode-map}
27034
27035 \(fn)" t nil)
27036
27037 ;;;***
27038 \f
27039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21842 42581 539414
27040 ;;;;;; 570000))
27041 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27042
27043 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27044 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27045 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27046 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27047 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27048 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27049
27050 Variables controlling indentation style:
27051 `tcl-indent-level'
27052 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27053 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27054 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27055
27056 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27057 documentation for details):
27058 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27059 Controls action of TAB key.
27060 `tcl-auto-newline'
27061 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27062 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27063 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27064 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27065 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27066
27067 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27068 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27069 already exist.
27070
27071 \(fn)" t nil)
27072
27073 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27074 Run inferior Tcl process.
27075 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27076 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27077
27078 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27079
27080 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27081 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27082 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27083
27084 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27085
27086 ;;;***
27087 \f
27088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21852 24381 767239
27089 ;;;;;; 782000))
27090 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27091
27092 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27093 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27094 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27095 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27096
27097 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27098 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27099 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27100 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27101 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27102
27103 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27104
27105 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27106 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27107 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27108 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27109
27110 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27111
27112 ;;;***
27113 \f
27114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22042 14122 209169 136000))
27115 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27116
27117 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27118 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27119 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27120 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27121 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27122 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27123
27124 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27125
27126 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27127 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27128 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27129 commands to use in that buffer.
27130
27131 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27132
27133 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27134
27135 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27136 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27137
27138 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27139
27140 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27141 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27142 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27143 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27144 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27145 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27146 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27147 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27148 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27149 use in that buffer.
27150 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27151
27152 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27153
27154 ;;;***
27155 \f
27156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21998
27157 ;;;;;; 46517 22024 649000))
27158 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27159
27160 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27161 Start coverage on function under point.
27162
27163 \(fn)" t nil)
27164
27165 ;;;***
27166 \f
27167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22000 1842 148539
27168 ;;;;;; 693000))
27169 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27170 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27171
27172 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27173 Play the Tetris game.
27174 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27175 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27176 as to form complete rows.
27177
27178 tetris-mode keybindings:
27179 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27180 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27181 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27182 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27183 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27184 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27185 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27186 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27187 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27188
27189 \(fn)" t nil)
27190
27191 ;;;***
27192 \f
27193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22064 41138
27194 ;;;;;; 13468 395000))
27195 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27196
27197 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27198 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27199
27200 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27201
27202 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27203 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27204 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27205 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27206 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27207
27208 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27209
27210 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27211 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27212 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27213 if it matches the first line of the file,
27214 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27215
27216 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27217
27218 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27219 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27220 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27221 if the variable is non-nil.")
27222
27223 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27224
27225 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27226 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27227
27228 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27229
27230 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27231 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27232 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27233 See the documentation of that variable.")
27234
27235 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27236
27237 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27238 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27239 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27240 See the documentation of that variable.")
27241
27242 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27243
27244 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27245 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27246 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27247 See the documentation of that variable.")
27248
27249 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27250
27251 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27252 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27253 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27254 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27255 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27256
27257 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27258
27259 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27260 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27261 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27262 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27263
27264 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27265
27266 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27267 User defined LaTeX block names.
27268 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27269
27270 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27271
27272 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27273 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27274 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27275 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27276
27277 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27278
27279 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27280 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27281 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27282 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27283
27284 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27285
27286 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27287 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27288 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27289 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27290
27291 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27292 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27293 for example,
27294
27295 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27296 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27297
27298 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27299 use.")
27300
27301 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27302
27303 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27304 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27305 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27306 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27307 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27308
27309 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27310
27311 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27312
27313 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27314 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27315 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27316
27317 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27318
27319 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27320 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27321 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27322 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27323 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27324
27325 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27326
27327 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27328 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27329
27330 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27331
27332 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27333 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27334
27335 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27336
27337 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27338 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27339 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27340 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27341 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27342 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27343 says which mode to use.
27344
27345 \(fn)" t nil)
27346
27347 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27348
27349 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27350
27351 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27352
27353 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27354 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27355 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27356 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27357 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27358
27359 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27360 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27361 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27362 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27363 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27364 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27365 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27366
27367 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27368 mismatched $'s or braces.
27369
27370 Special commands:
27371 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27372
27373 Mode variables:
27374 tex-run-command
27375 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27376 tex-directory
27377 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27378 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27379 tex-dvi-print-command
27380 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27381 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27382 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27383 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27384 tex-dvi-view-command
27385 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27386 tex-show-queue-command
27387 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27388 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27389
27390 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27391 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27392 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27393
27394 \(fn)" t nil)
27395
27396 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27397 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27398 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27399 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27400 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27401
27402 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27403 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27404 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27405 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27406 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27407 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27408 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27409
27410 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27411 mismatched $'s or braces.
27412
27413 Special commands:
27414 \\{latex-mode-map}
27415
27416 Mode variables:
27417 latex-run-command
27418 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27419 tex-directory
27420 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27421 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27422 tex-dvi-print-command
27423 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27424 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27425 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27426 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27427 tex-dvi-view-command
27428 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27429 tex-show-queue-command
27430 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27431 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27432
27433 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27434 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27435 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27436
27437 \(fn)" t nil)
27438
27439 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27440 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27441 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27442 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27443 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27444
27445 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27446 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27447 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27448 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27449 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27450 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27451 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27452
27453 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27454 mismatched $'s or braces.
27455
27456 Special commands:
27457 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27458
27459 Mode variables:
27460 slitex-run-command
27461 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27462 tex-directory
27463 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27464 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27465 tex-dvi-print-command
27466 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27467 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27468 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27469 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27470 tex-dvi-view-command
27471 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27472 tex-show-queue-command
27473 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27474 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27475
27476 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27477 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27478 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27479 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27480
27481 \(fn)" t nil)
27482
27483 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27484
27485
27486 \(fn)" nil nil)
27487
27488 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27489 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27490
27491 \(fn)" t nil)
27492
27493 ;;;***
27494 \f
27495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22011 58554
27496 ;;;;;; 81858 469000))
27497 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27498
27499 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27500 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27501 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27502 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27503
27504 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27505 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27506 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27507
27508 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27509
27510 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27511 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27512 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27513 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27514 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27515
27516 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27517
27518 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27519 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27520 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27521 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27522
27523 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27524 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27525 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27526 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27527
27528 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27529 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27530
27531 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27532
27533 ;;;***
27534 \f
27535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22026 25907
27536 ;;;;;; 667502 692000))
27537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27538
27539 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27540 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27541
27542 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27543
27544 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27545 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27546
27547 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27548
27549 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27550 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27551
27552 It has these extra commands:
27553 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27554
27555 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27556 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27557 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27558 modified version of TeX input format.
27559
27560 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27561 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27562 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27563 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27564
27565 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27566 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27567 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27568 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27569 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27570 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27571 in the Texinfo file.
27572
27573 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27574 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27575 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27576 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27577 move forward past the closing brace.
27578
27579 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27580 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27581
27582 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27583 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27584 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27585
27586 Here are the functions:
27587
27588 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27589 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27590 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27591
27592 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27593 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27594 texinfo-master-menu
27595
27596 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27597
27598 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27599 which menu descriptions are indented.
27600
27601 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27602 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27603 in the region.
27604
27605 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27606 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27607 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27608 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27609
27610 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27611 be the first node in the file.
27612
27613 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27614 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27615
27616 \(fn)" t nil)
27617
27618 ;;;***
27619 \f
27620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27621 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27622 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27623
27624 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27625 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27626 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27627 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27628
27629 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27630
27631 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27632 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27633
27634 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27635
27636 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27637 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27638
27639 \(fn)" t nil)
27640
27641 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27642
27643
27644 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27645
27646 ;;;***
27647 \f
27648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22011 58554 85858
27649 ;;;;;; 469000))
27650 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27651
27652 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27653 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27654 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27655 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27656 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27657 `line', and `page'.
27658
27659 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27660
27661 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27662 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27663 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27664 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27665 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27666 `line', and `page'.
27667
27668 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27669 valid THING.
27670
27671 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27672 positions of the thing found.
27673
27674 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27675
27676 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27677 Return the THING at point.
27678 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27679 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27680 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27681 `line', `number', and `page'.
27682
27683 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27684 strip text properties from the return value.
27685
27686 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27687 a symbol as a valid THING.
27688
27689 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27690
27691 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27692 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27693
27694 \(fn)" nil nil)
27695
27696 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27697 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27698
27699 \(fn)" nil nil)
27700
27701 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27702 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27703
27704 \(fn)" nil nil)
27705
27706 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27707 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27708
27709 \(fn)" nil nil)
27710
27711 ;;;***
27712 \f
27713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21993 28596 414597 473000))
27714 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27715
27716 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27717 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27718
27719 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27720
27721 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27722 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27723 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27724 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27725
27726 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27727
27728 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27729 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27730
27731 \(fn)" t nil)
27732
27733 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27734 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27735
27736 \(fn)" t nil)
27737
27738 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27739
27740 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27741 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27742
27743 \(fn)" t nil)
27744
27745 ;;;***
27746 \f
27747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22064 41137
27748 ;;;;;; 961468 395000))
27749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27750 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27751
27752 ;;;***
27753 \f
27754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27755 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27756 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27757
27758 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27759 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27760 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27761
27762 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27763
27764 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27765 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27766
27767 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27768
27769 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27770 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27771 The returned string has no composition information.
27772
27773 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27774
27775 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27776 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27777
27778 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27779
27780 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27781 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27782
27783 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27784
27785 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27786 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27787 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27788 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27789
27790 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27791
27792 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27793 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27794 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27795 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27796
27797 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27798
27799 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27800 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27801 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27802
27803 \(fn)" t nil)
27804
27805 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27806 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27807 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27808
27809 \(fn)" t nil)
27810
27811 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27812
27813
27814 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27815
27816 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27817
27818
27819 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27820
27821 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27822
27823
27824 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27825
27826 ;;;***
27827 \f
27828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22026 25907
27829 ;;;;;; 667502 692000))
27830 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27831 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27832
27833 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27834 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27835 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27836 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27837 parameters.
27838 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27839 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27840 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27841
27842 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27843
27844 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27845 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27846 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27847 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27848 parameters.
27849 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27850 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27851 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27852
27853 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27854
27855 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27856 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27857
27858 If
27859 * character before point is a space character,
27860 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27861 constituent),
27862 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27863 characters) from before the space character, and
27864 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27865 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27866 return t.
27867
27868 Otherwise, if
27869 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27870 * character before point is a space character, and
27871 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27872 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27873 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27874
27875 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27876
27877 \(fn)" t nil)
27878
27879 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27880 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27881
27882 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27883 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27884 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27885 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27886
27887 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27888 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27889 variable will be set to the representation.
27890
27891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27892
27893 ;;;***
27894 \f
27895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22026 25907 667502 692000))
27896 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27897
27898 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27899 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27900
27901 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27902 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27903
27904 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27905 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27906 This display updates automatically every minute.
27907 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27908 are displayed as well.
27909 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27910
27911 \(fn)" t nil)
27912
27913 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27914 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27915 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27917 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27918 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27919
27920 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27921
27922 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27923 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27925 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27926 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27927
27928 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27929 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27930 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27931 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27932 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27933
27934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27935
27936 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27937 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27938 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27939 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27940
27941 \(fn)" t nil)
27942
27943 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27944 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27945 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27946 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27947
27948 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27949
27950 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27951 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27952
27953 \(fn)" t nil)
27954
27955 ;;;***
27956 \f
27957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22000
27958 ;;;;;; 55581 510930 477000))
27959 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27960
27961 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27962 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27963 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27964
27965 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27966 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27967 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27968 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27969 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27970 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27971
27972 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27973 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27974
27975 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27976
27977 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27978 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27979
27980 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27981
27982 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27983 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27984 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27985
27986 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27987
27988 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27989 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27990 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27991 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27992
27993 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27994 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27995 DATE should be a date-time string.
27996
27997 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27998
27999 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28000 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28001 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28002
28003 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28004
28005 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28006 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28007
28008 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28009
28010 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28011 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28012
28013 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28014
28015 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28016 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28017 TIME should be a time value.
28018 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28019
28020 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28021
28022 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28023 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28024 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28025
28026 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28027
28028 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28029 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28030 The valid format specifiers are:
28031 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28032 %d is the number of days.
28033 %h is the number of hours.
28034 %m is the number of minutes.
28035 %s is the number of seconds.
28036 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28037 %% is a literal \"%\".
28038
28039 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28040 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28041
28042 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28043 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28044 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28045
28046 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28047 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28048 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28049
28050 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28051
28052 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28053
28054 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28055 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28056
28057 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28058
28059 ;;;***
28060 \f
28061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21980 16568 89544
28062 ;;;;;; 893000))
28063 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28064 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28065 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28066 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28067 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28068 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28069 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28070 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28071 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28072
28073 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28074 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28075 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28076 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28077 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28078 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28079 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28080 look like one of the following:
28081 Time-stamp: <>
28082 Time-stamp: \" \"
28083 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28084 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28085 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28086 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28087 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28088 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28089 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28090 the template.
28091
28092 \(fn)" t nil)
28093
28094 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28095 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28096 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28097
28098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28099
28100 ;;;***
28101 \f
28102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21998
28103 ;;;;;; 46516 882024 649000))
28104 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28105 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28106
28107 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28108 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28109 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28110 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28111 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28112 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28113
28114 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28115
28116 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28117 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28118 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28119 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28120 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28121 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28122 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28123 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28124 display (non-nil means on).
28125
28126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28127
28128 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28129 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28130 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28131 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28132 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28133 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28134 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28135 this function is called within a day.
28136
28137 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28138 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28139 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28140 discover the name of the project.
28141
28142 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28143
28144 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28145 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28146 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28147 begun during the last time segment.
28148
28149 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28150 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28151 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28152 discover the reason.
28153
28154 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28155
28156 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28157 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28158 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28159 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28160 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28161
28162 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28163
28164 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28165 Change to working on a different project.
28166 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28167 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28168 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28169 working on.
28170
28171 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28172
28173 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28174 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28175 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28176
28177 \(fn)" nil nil)
28178
28179 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28180 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28181 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28182
28183 \(fn)" t nil)
28184
28185 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28186 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28187 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28188 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28189 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28190 \"relative to today\".
28191
28192 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28193
28194 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28195 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28196 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28197 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28198
28199 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28200
28201 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28202 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28203 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28204 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28205 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28206 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28207
28208 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28209
28210 ;;;***
28211 \f
28212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28213 ;;;;;; (22011 58553 673858 469000))
28214 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28215
28216 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28217 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28218 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28219 the generated Quail package is saved.
28220
28221 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28222
28223 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28224 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28225 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28226 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28227 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28228 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28229 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28230
28231 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28232
28233 ;;;***
28234 \f
28235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21907 48688 873360 195000))
28236 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28237 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28238 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28239
28240 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28241 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28242 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28243 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28244 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28245
28246 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28247 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28248 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28249
28250 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28251
28252 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28253 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28254 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28255 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28256 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28257
28258 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28259
28260 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28261 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28262 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28263 in the menu in two ways:
28264 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28265 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28266 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28267
28268 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28269 keymap or an alist of alists.
28270 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28271 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28272
28273 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28274
28275 ;;;***
28276 \f
28277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22015
28278 ;;;;;; 55603 665705 321000))
28279 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28280
28281 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28282 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28283
28284 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28285 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28286 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28287 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28288 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28289 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28290 file was last visited.
28291
28292 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28293 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28294 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28295 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28296 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28297 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28298 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28299 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28300 for the first item.
28301
28302 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28303 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28304 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28305 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28306 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28307 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28308 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28309 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28310
28311 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28312 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28313 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28314 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28315 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28316
28317 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28318 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28319
28320 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28321
28322 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28323 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28324
28325 \\{todo-mode-map}
28326
28327 \(fn)" t nil)
28328
28329 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28330 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28331
28332 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28333
28334 \(fn)" t nil)
28335
28336 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28337 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28338
28339 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28340
28341 \(fn)" t nil)
28342
28343 ;;;***
28344 \f
28345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28346 ;;;;;; 586000))
28347 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28348
28349 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28350 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28351 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28352
28353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28354
28355 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28356 Add an item to the tool bar.
28357 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28358 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28359 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28360 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28361
28362 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28363 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28364 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28365 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28366
28367 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28368 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28369
28370 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28371
28372 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28373 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28374 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28375 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28376 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28377 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28378
28379 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28380 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28381 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28382 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28383
28384 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28385
28386 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28387 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28388 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28389 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28390 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28391 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28392 properties to add to the binding.
28393
28394 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28395
28396 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28397 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28398
28399 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28400
28401 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28402 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28403 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28404 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28405 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28406 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28407 properties to add to the binding.
28408
28409 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28410 holds a keymap.
28411
28412 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28413
28414 ;;;***
28415 \f
28416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28417 ;;;;;; 725000))
28418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28419
28420 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28421 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28422 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28423 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28424 to a tcp server on another machine.
28425
28426 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28427
28428 ;;;***
28429 \f
28430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28431 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28432 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28433
28434 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28435 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28436
28437 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28438
28439 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28440 Helper function to get internal values.
28441 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28442
28443 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28444
28445 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28446 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28447 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28448 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28449
28450 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28451 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28452 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28453 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28454 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28455
28456 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28457 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28458 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28459 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28460
28461 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28462
28463 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28464
28465 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28466 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28467 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28468 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28469
28470 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28471
28472 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28473
28474 ;;;***
28475 \f
28476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22064 41138 9468 395000))
28477 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28478
28479 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28480 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28481 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28482
28483 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28484
28485 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28486 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28487
28488 It can have the following values:
28489
28490 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28491 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28492
28493 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28494
28495 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28496 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28497 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28498 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28499
28500 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28501
28502 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28503 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28504 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28505 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28506
28507 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28508 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28509 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28510 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28511 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28512 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28513 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28514 files which are not really Tramp files.
28515
28516 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28517 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28518 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28519 updated after changing this variable.
28520
28521 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28522
28523 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28524 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28525 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28526 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28527
28528 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28529
28530 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28531 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28532 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28533 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28534
28535 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28536 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28537 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28538
28539 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28540 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28541 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28542 updated after changing this variable.
28543
28544 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28545
28546 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28547 Alist of completion handler functions.
28548 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28549 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28550 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28551
28552 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28553 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28554 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28555 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28556
28557 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28558 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28559 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28560
28561 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28562 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28563
28564 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28565 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28566
28567 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28568
28569 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28570
28571
28572 \(fn)" nil nil)
28573
28574 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28575 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28576
28577 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28578
28579 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28580 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28581
28582 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28583
28584 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28585 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28586
28587 \(fn)" t nil)
28588
28589 ;;;***
28590 \f
28591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28592 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28593 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28594
28595 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28596
28597
28598 \(fn)" nil nil)
28599
28600 ;;;***
28601 \f
28602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22011 58554 85858
28603 ;;;;;; 469000))
28604 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28605
28606 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28607 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28608 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28609 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28610 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28611 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28612 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28613 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28614
28615 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28616 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28617 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28618
28619 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28620 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28621 resumed later.
28622
28623 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28624
28625 ;;;***
28626 \f
28627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21855 577
28628 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
28629 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28630
28631 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28632
28633
28634 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28635
28636 ;;;***
28637 \f
28638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21998
28639 ;;;;;; 46517 298024 649000))
28640 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28641 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28642 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28643 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28644
28645 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28646 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28647 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28648 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28649 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28650 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28651 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28652
28653 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28654
28655 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28656 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28657 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28658 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28659
28660 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28661
28662 \(fn)" t nil)
28663
28664 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28665 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28666 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28667 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28668 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28669 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28670 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28671
28672 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28673 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28674
28675 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28676 \\___/\\
28677 / \\
28678 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28679
28680 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28681
28682 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28683
28684 ;;;***
28685 \f
28686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22011 58554 85858
28687 ;;;;;; 469000))
28688 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28689
28690 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28691 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28692 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28694 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28695 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28696
28697 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28698
28699 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28700 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28701 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28702
28703 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28704 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28705 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28706 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28707 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28708 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28709 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28710
28711 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28712 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28713
28714 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28715 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28716 reset the keystroke counter.
28717
28718 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28719 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28720 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28721 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28722
28723 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28724 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28725 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28726 `type-break-schedule' command.
28727
28728 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28729 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28730 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28731 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28732 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28733 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28734 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28735 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28736 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28737
28738 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28739 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28740 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28741 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28742 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28743
28744 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28745 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28746 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28747 approximate good values for this.
28748
28749 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28750 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28751
28752 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28753 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28754 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28755 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28756 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28757 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28758
28759 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28760 a typing break occur. They include:
28761
28762 `type-break-query-mode'
28763 `type-break-query-function'
28764 `type-break-query-interval'
28765
28766 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28767
28768 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28769 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28770 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28771 problems.
28772
28773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28774
28775 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28776 Take a typing break.
28777
28778 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28779 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28780
28781 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28782 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28783
28784 \(fn)" t nil)
28785
28786 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28787 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28788 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28789 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28790
28791 \(fn)" t nil)
28792
28793 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28794 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28795
28796 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28797 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28798 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28799 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28800 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28801 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28802 average typing speed.)
28803
28804 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28805 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28806 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28807 the computed maximum threshold.
28808
28809 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28810 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28811 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28812 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28813 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28814
28815 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28816
28817 ;;;***
28818 \f
28819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22026 25907 603502 692000))
28820 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28821
28822 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28823 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28824 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28825 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28826 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28827
28828 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28829
28830 ;;;***
28831 \f
28832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28833 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28834 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28835
28836 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28837 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28838
28839 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28840
28841 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28842 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28843
28844 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28845
28846 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28847 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28848
28849 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28850
28851 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28852 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28853
28854 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28855
28856 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28857 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28858
28859 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28860
28861 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28862 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28863
28864 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28865
28866 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28867 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28868
28869 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28870
28871 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28872 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28873
28874 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28875
28876 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28877 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28878
28879 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28880
28881 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28882 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28883
28884 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28885
28886 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28887 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28888
28889 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28890
28891 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28892 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28893
28894 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28895
28896 ;;;***
28897 \f
28898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28899 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28900 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28901
28902 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28903 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28904 Works by overstriking underscores.
28905 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28906 which specify the range to operate on.
28907
28908 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28909
28910 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28911 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28912 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28913 which specify the range to operate on.
28914
28915 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28916
28917 ;;;***
28918 \f
28919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28920 ;;;;;; 720000))
28921 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28922
28923 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28924 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28925 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28926 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28927 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28928 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28929
28930 \(fn)" nil nil)
28931
28932 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28933 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28934 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28935
28936 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28937
28938 ;;;***
28939 \f
28940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28941 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28942 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28943
28944 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28945 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28946 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28947 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28948
28949 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28950
28951 ;;;***
28952 \f
28953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28954 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28955
28956 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28957 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28958 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28959 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28960 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28961
28962 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28963 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28964 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28965 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28966 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28967 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28968
28969 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28970 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28971 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28972
28973 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28974 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28975 the callback is not called).
28976
28977 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28978 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28979 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28980 take effect.
28981
28982 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28983 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28984 the server.
28985 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28986 URL-encoded before it's used.
28987
28988 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28989
28990 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28991 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28992 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28993 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28994 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28995
28996 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28997
28998 ;;;***
28999 \f
29000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21989 31537 943825
29001 ;;;;;; 721000))
29002 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29003
29004 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29005 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29006 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29007
29008 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29009 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29010 `url-generic-parse-url'
29011 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29012 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29013 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29014 realm
29015 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29016 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29017 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29018 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29019 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29020 what type of auth to use
29021 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29022 if one cannot be found in the cache
29023
29024 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29025
29026 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29027 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29028
29029 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29030 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29031 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29032 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29033 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29034 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29035 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29036 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29037
29038 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29039
29040 ;;;***
29041 \f
29042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
29043 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29044 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29045
29046 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29047 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29048
29049 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29050
29051 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29052 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29053 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29054
29055 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29056
29057 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29058 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29059
29060 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29061
29062 ;;;***
29063 \f
29064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
29065 ;;;;;; 586000))
29066 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29067
29068 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29069
29070
29071 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29072
29073 ;;;***
29074 \f
29075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22011 58554 85858
29076 ;;;;;; 469000))
29077 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29078
29079 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29080 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29081 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29082
29083 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29084
29085 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29086 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29087 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29088 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29089
29090 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29091 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29092 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29093 though.
29094
29095 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29096
29097 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29098 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29099 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29100
29101 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29102
29103 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29104
29105
29106 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29107
29108 ;;;***
29109 \f
29110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
29111 ;;;;;; 586000))
29112 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29113
29114 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29115 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29116
29117 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29118
29119 ;;;***
29120 \f
29121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22011 58554 85858
29122 ;;;;;; 469000))
29123 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29124
29125 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29126 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29127
29128 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29129
29130 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29131 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29132 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29133 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29134 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29135
29136 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29137 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29138
29139 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29140
29141 ;;;***
29142 \f
29143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22065
29144 ;;;;;; 61995 878407 852000))
29145 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29146
29147 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29148 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29149 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29151 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29152 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29153
29154 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29155
29156 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29157 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29159 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29160 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29161
29162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29163
29164 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29165 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29166 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29167 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29168
29169 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29170
29171 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29172 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29173 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29174 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29175 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29176 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29177 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29178 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29179 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29180 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29181
29182 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29183
29184 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29185 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29186 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29187 accessible.
29188
29189 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29190
29191 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29192
29193
29194 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29195
29196 ;;;***
29197 \f
29198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22018 31799 119263
29199 ;;;;;; 120000))
29200 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29201 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29202
29203 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29204 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29205 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29206 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29207 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29208
29209 ;;;***
29210 \f
29211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29212 ;;;;;; 586000))
29213 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29214
29215 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29216
29217
29218 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29219
29220 ;;;***
29221 \f
29222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
29223 ;;;;;; 586000))
29224 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29225
29226 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29227 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29228 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29229 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29230 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29231
29232 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29233
29234 ;;;***
29235 \f
29236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
29237 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29238 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29239
29240 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29241
29242
29243 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29244
29245 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29246 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29247
29248 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29249
29250 ;;;***
29251 \f
29252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29253 ;;;;;; 586000))
29254 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29255
29256 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29257 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29258
29259 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29260
29261 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29262 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29263
29264 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29265
29266 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29267
29268
29269 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29270
29271 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29272
29273 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29274
29275 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29276
29277 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29278 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29279
29280 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29281
29282 ;;;***
29283 \f
29284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
29285 ;;;;;; 586000))
29286 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29287
29288 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29289
29290
29291 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29292
29293 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29294
29295
29296 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29297
29298 ;;;***
29299 \f
29300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29301 ;;;;;; 586000))
29302 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29303
29304 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29305
29306
29307 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29308
29309 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29310
29311
29312 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29313
29314 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29315
29316
29317 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29318
29319 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29320
29321
29322 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29323
29324 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29325
29326
29327 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29328
29329 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29330
29331
29332 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29333
29334 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29335
29336
29337 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29338
29339 ;;;***
29340 \f
29341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29342 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29343 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29344
29345 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29346 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29347
29348 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29349
29350 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29351 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29352 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29353
29354 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29355 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29356 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29357 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29358 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29359 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29360 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29361 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29362 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29363 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29364 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29365 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29366 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29367 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29368
29369 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29370 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29371 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29372
29373 Here is an example. The URL
29374
29375 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29376
29377 parses to
29378
29379 TYPE = \"foo\"
29380 USER = \"bob\"
29381 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29382 HOST = \"example.com\"
29383 PORTSPEC = 42
29384 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29385 TARGET = \"nose\"
29386 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29387 FULLNESS = t
29388
29389 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29390
29391 ;;;***
29392 \f
29393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29394 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29395 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29396
29397 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29398 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29399
29400 \(fn)" t nil)
29401
29402 ;;;***
29403 \f
29404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29405 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29406 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29407
29408 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29409 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29410 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29411 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29412 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29413 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29414
29415 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29416
29417 ;;;***
29418 \f
29419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29420 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29421 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29422
29423 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29424 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29425 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29426
29427 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29428
29429 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29430 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29431 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29432 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29433
29434 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29435
29436 ;;;***
29437 \f
29438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21993 28596 418597
29439 ;;;;;; 473000))
29440 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29441
29442 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29443 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29444 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29445
29446 If t, all messages will be logged.
29447 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29448 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29449
29450 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29451
29452 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29453
29454
29455 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29456
29457 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29458
29459
29460 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29461
29462 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29463 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29464 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29465 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29466 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29467 & ==> &amp;
29468 < ==> &lt;
29469 > ==> &gt;
29470 \" ==> &quot;
29471
29472 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29473
29474 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29475 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29476 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29477
29478 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29479
29480 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29481 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29482 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29483
29484 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29485
29486 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29487 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29488
29489 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29490
29491 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29492 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29493
29494 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29495
29496 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29497 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29498
29499 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29500
29501 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29502
29503
29504 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29505
29506 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29507
29508
29509 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29510
29511 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29512
29513 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29514 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29515
29516 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29517
29518 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29519 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29520
29521 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29522
29523 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29524
29525
29526 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29527
29528 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29529 Build a query-string.
29530
29531 Given a QUERY in the form:
29532 ((key1 val1)
29533 (key2 val2)
29534 (key3 val1 val2)
29535 (key4)
29536 (key5 \"\"))
29537
29538 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29539
29540 This will return a string
29541 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29542 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29543 be used.
29544
29545 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29546
29547 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29548 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29549
29550 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29551
29552 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29553 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29554 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29555 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29556 forbidden in URL encoding.
29557
29558 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29559
29560 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29561 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29562 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29563 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29564 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29565 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29566
29567 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29568 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29569 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29570 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29571
29572 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29573
29574 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29575 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29576 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29577 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29578 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29579 should return it unchanged.
29580
29581 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29582
29583 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29584 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29585 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29586 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29587
29588 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29589
29590 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29591 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29592 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29593
29594 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29595
29596 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29597 View the current document's URL.
29598 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29599 the minibuffer.
29600
29601 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29602
29603 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29604
29605 ;;;***
29606 \f
29607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21976 19510 152430
29608 ;;;;;; 241000))
29609 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29610
29611 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29612 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29613 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29614 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29615 to refrain from editing the file
29616 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29617 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29618 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29619 in any way you like.
29620
29621 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29622
29623 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29624 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29625 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29626 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29627 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29628
29629 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29630 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29631
29632 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29633
29634 ;;;***
29635 \f
29636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29637 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29638 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29639
29640 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29641
29642
29643 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29644
29645 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29646
29647
29648 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29649
29650 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29651
29652
29653 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29654
29655 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29656
29657
29658 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29659
29660 ;;;***
29661 \f
29662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29664
29665 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29666 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29667
29668 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29669
29670 ;;;***
29671 \f
29672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21855 577 67944
29673 ;;;;;; 554000))
29674 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29675
29676 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29677 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29678 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29679 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29680
29681 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29682
29683 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29684 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29685 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29686
29687 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29688
29689 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29690 Uudecode region between START and END.
29691 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29692
29693 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29694
29695 ;;;***
29696 \f
29697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22014 34736 871840 613000))
29698 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29699
29700 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29701 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29702 See `run-hooks'.")
29703
29704 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29705
29706 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29707 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29708 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29709
29710 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29711
29712 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29713 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29714 See `run-hooks'.")
29715
29716 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29717
29718 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29719 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29720
29721 If FILE is already registered, return the
29722 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29723 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29724 responsible for FILE is returned.
29725
29726 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29727
29728 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29729 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29730 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29731 same state. If not, signal an error.
29732
29733 For merging-based version control systems:
29734 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29735 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29736 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29737 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29738 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29739 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29740
29741 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29742 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29743 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29744 the file(s) for editing.
29745 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29746 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29747 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29748 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29749 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29750
29751 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29752
29753 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29754 Register into a version control system.
29755 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29756 Otherwise register the current file.
29757 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29758
29759 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29760 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29761 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29762 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29763 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29764 first backend that could register the file is used.
29765
29766 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29767
29768 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29769 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29770
29771 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29772
29773 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29774 Display diffs between file revisions.
29775 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29776 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29777 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29778
29779 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29780 saving the buffer.
29781
29782 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29783
29784 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29785 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29786 repository history using ediff.
29787
29788 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29789
29790 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29791 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29792 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29793 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29794 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29795
29796 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29797 saving the buffer.
29798
29799 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29800
29801 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29802 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29803 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29804 fileset with the working revision.
29805 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29806 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29807
29808 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29809 saving the buffer.
29810
29811 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29812
29813 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29814 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29815 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29816
29817 \(fn)" nil nil)
29818
29819 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29820 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29821 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29822 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29823
29824 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29825
29826 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29827 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29828 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29829 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29830
29831 \(fn)" t nil)
29832
29833 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29834 Perform a version control merge operation.
29835 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29836 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29837 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29838 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29839
29840 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29841 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29842 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29843 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29844 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29845 changes from the current branch.
29846
29847 \(fn)" t nil)
29848
29849 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29850
29851 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29852 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29853 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29854 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29855 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29856 checked out in that new branch.
29857
29858 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29859
29860 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29861 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29862 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29863 named branch in the directory DIR.
29864 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29865 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29866 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29867 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29868 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29869 allowed and simply skipped).
29870
29871 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29872
29873 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29874 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29875 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29876 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29877 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29878
29879 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29880 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29881
29882 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29883
29884 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29885 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29886 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29887 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29888 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29889
29890 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29891
29892 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29893 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29894 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29895
29896 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29897
29898 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29899 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29900 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29901
29902 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29903
29904 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29905 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29906
29907 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29908
29909 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29910 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29911 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29912 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29913
29914 \(fn)" t nil)
29915
29916 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29917
29918 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29919 Update the current fileset or branch.
29920 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29921 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29922 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29923 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29924
29925 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29926 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29927 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29928 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29929 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29930
29931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29932
29933 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29934
29935 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
29936 Push the current branch.
29937 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29938 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
29939 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
29940 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt.
29941 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
29942
29943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29944
29945 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29946 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29947 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29948 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29949 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29950 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29951 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29952
29953 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29954
29955 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29956 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29957 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29958 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29959 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29960 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29961 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29962 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29963 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29964
29965 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29966
29967 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29968 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29969 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29970 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29971
29972 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29973
29974 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29975 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29976 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29977 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29978
29979 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29980
29981 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29982 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29983 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29984 directory.
29985
29986 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29987
29988 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29989 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29990 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29991
29992 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29993 log entries should be gathered.
29994
29995 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29996
29997 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29998 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29999
30000 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30001
30002 ;;;***
30003 \f
30004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22011 58554
30005 ;;;;;; 93858 469000))
30006 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30007
30008 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30009 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30010
30011 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30012 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30013 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30014 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30015 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30016 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30017
30018 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30019 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30020 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30021 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30022 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30023 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30024 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30025 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30026
30027 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30028
30029 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30030
30031 Customization variables:
30032
30033 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30034 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30035 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30036 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30037 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30038 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30039
30040 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30041
30042 ;;;***
30043 \f
30044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22064 41138 13468
30045 ;;;;;; 395000))
30046 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30047
30048 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30049 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30050
30051 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30052 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30053 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30054 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30055 (progn
30056 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30057 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30058
30059 ;;;***
30060 \f
30061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22064 41138 17468
30062 ;;;;;; 395000))
30063 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30064 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30065 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30066 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30067 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30068 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30069 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30070
30071 ;;;***
30072 \f
30073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22055 26158 818447
30074 ;;;;;; 352000))
30075 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30076
30077 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30078 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30079 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30080 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30081 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30082
30083 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30084 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30085 The file lines appear later.
30086
30087 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30088 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30089
30090 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30091
30092 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30093
30094 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30095
30096 ;;;***
30097 \f
30098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21862
30099 ;;;;;; 60209 928657 362000))
30100 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30101
30102 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30103 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30104 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30105 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30106 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30107 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30108 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30109 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30110 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30111 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30112 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30113 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30114 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30115 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30116 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30117
30118 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30119
30120 ;;;***
30121 \f
30122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22064 41138 17468
30123 ;;;;;; 395000))
30124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30125 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30126 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30127 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30128 (progn
30129 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30130 (vc-git-registered file))))
30131
30132 ;;;***
30133 \f
30134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22064 41138 21468 395000))
30135 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30136 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30137 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30138 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30139 (progn
30140 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30141 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30142
30143 ;;;***
30144 \f
30145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22064 41138 21468
30146 ;;;;;; 395000))
30147 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30148
30149 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30150 Name of the monotone directory.")
30151
30152 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30153 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30154 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30155 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30156 (progn
30157 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30158 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30159
30160 ;;;***
30161 \f
30162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22014 34736 851840
30163 ;;;;;; 613000))
30164 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30165
30166 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30167 Where to look for RCS master files.
30168 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30169
30170 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30171
30172 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30173
30174 ;;;***
30175 \f
30176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22014 34736 863840
30177 ;;;;;; 613000))
30178 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30179
30180 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30181 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30182 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30183
30184 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30185
30186 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30187
30188 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30189 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30190 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30191 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30192
30193 ;;;***
30194 \f
30195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22014 34736 863840
30196 ;;;;;; 613000))
30197 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30198
30199 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30200 Where to look for SRC master files.
30201 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30202
30203 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30204
30205 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30206
30207 ;;;***
30208 \f
30209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22064 41138 21468
30210 ;;;;;; 395000))
30211 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30212 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30213 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30214 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30215 "_svn")
30216 (t ".svn"))))
30217 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30218 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30219 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30220
30221 ;;;***
30222 \f
30223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22011
30224 ;;;;;; 58553 929858 469000))
30225 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30226 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30227 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30228
30229 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30230 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30231
30232 Usage:
30233 ------
30234
30235 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30236 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30237 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30238 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30239
30240 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30241 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30242 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30243 completions.
30244
30245 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30246 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30247
30248 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30249 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30250
30251 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30252 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30253 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30254
30255 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30256
30257
30258 Maintenance:
30259 ------------
30260
30261 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30262 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30263
30264 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30265
30266 Official distribution is at
30267 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30268
30269
30270 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30271 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30272
30273 Key bindings:
30274 -------------
30275
30276 \\{vera-mode-map}
30277
30278 \(fn)" t nil)
30279
30280 ;;;***
30281 \f
30282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30283 ;;;;;; (22015 55603 833705 321000))
30284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30285
30286 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30287 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30288 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30289 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30290 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30291
30292 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30293
30294 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30295 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30296
30297 Supports highlighting.
30298
30299 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30300 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30301
30302 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30303
30304 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30305 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30306 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30307 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30308 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30309 on the left side of your screen.
30310 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30311 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30312 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30313 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30314 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30315 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30316 function keyword.
30317 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30318 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30319 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30320 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30321 if (a)
30322 begin
30323 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30324 Indentation for case statements.
30325 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30326 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30327 mark after an end.
30328 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30329 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30330 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30331 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30332 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30333 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30334 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30335 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30336 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30337 if (a)
30338 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30339 otherwise you get:
30340 if (a)
30341 begin
30342 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30343 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30344 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30345 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30346 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30347 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30348 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30349 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30350 comments in tight quarters.
30351 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30352 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30353
30354 Variables controlling other actions:
30355
30356 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30357 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30358 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30359
30360 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30361
30362 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30363
30364 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30365 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30366 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30367
30368 Some other functions are:
30369
30370 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30371 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30372 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30373 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30374 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30375
30376 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30377 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30378 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30379 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30380
30381 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30382 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30383 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30384 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30385 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30386 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30387 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30388 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30389 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30390 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30391 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30392 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30393 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30394 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30395 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30396 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30397 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30398 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30399 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30400 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30401 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30402 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30403 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30404 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30405 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30406 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30407 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30408 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30409 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30410 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30411 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30412
30413 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30414 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30415
30416 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30417
30418 \(fn)" t nil)
30419
30420 ;;;***
30421 \f
30422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22011
30423 ;;;;;; 58553 969858 469000))
30424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30425
30426 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30427 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30428
30429 Usage:
30430 ------
30431
30432 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30433 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30434 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30435 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30436 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30437 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30438 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30439 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30440 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30441
30442 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30443 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30444 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30445 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30446
30447 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30448 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30449 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30450 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30451 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30452
30453 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30454 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30455
30456
30457 HEADER INSERTION:
30458 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30459 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30460 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30461
30462
30463 STUTTERING:
30464 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30465 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30466 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30467 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30468
30469 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30470 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30471 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30472 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30473 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30474
30475
30476 WORD COMPLETION:
30477 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30478 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30479 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30480 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30481
30482 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30483 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30484 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30485 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30486 beginning with \"std\").
30487
30488 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30489 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30490 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30491 stop.
30492
30493
30494 COMMENTS:
30495 `--' puts a single comment.
30496 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30497 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30498 with a comment in between.
30499 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30500 out following lines.
30501 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30502 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30503 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30504 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30505
30506 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30507 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30508 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30509 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30510 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30511 non-nil.
30512
30513 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30514 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30515 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30516 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30517 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30518 multi-line comments.
30519
30520
30521 INDENTATION:
30522 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30523 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30524 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30525 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30526 the entire region.
30527
30528 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30529 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30530 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30531 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30532
30533 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30534 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30535 and vice versa.
30536
30537 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30538 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30539
30540 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30541 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30542 line.
30543
30544
30545 ALIGNMENT:
30546 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30547 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30548 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30549 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30550 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30551 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30552 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30553 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30554
30555 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30556 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30557 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30558 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30559 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30560 is non-nil.
30561
30562 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30563 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30564 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30565
30566 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30567 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30568
30569
30570 CODE FILLING:
30571 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30572 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30573 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30574 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30575 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30576 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30577
30578
30579 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30580 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30581 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30582 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30583 command:
30584
30585 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30586
30587
30588 PORT TRANSLATION:
30589 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30590 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30591 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30592 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30593 internal signal initializations (menu).
30594
30595 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30596 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30597 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30598
30599 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30600 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30601 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30602 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30603 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30604 in subsequent paste operations.)
30605
30606 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30607 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30608 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30609
30610
30611 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30612 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30613 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30614 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30615 association list with formals).
30616
30617
30618 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30619 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30620 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30621 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30622 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30623 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30624 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30625 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30626 `vhdl-testbench'.
30627
30628
30629 KEY BINDINGS:
30630 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30631
30632
30633 VHDL MENU:
30634 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30635
30636
30637 FILE BROWSER:
30638 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30639 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30640 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30641
30642 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30643 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30644
30645
30646 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30647 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30648 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30649 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30650
30651 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30652 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30653 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30654
30655 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30656 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30657 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30658 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30659
30660 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30661 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30662 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30663 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30664 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30665
30666 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30667 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30668 required by secondary units.
30669
30670
30671 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30672 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30673 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30674 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30675 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30676 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30677 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30678 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30679 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30680 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30681 inputs to this component -> input port created
30682 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30683 outputs from this component -> output port created
30684 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30685 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30686
30687 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30688 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30689 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30690 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30691 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30692
30693 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30694 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30695
30696 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30697 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30698 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30699 component instantiation is also supported (option
30700 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30701
30702 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30703 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30704 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30705 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30706 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30707 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30708 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30709 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30710 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30711 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30712 generating the configuration.
30713
30714 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30715 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30716 configurations in speedbar.
30717
30718 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30719
30720
30721 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30722 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30723 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30724 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30725 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30726 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30727 information. New compilers can be added.
30728
30729 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30730 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30731
30732
30733 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30734 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30735 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30736 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30737 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30738
30739 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30740 command:
30741
30742 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30743 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30744 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30745
30746 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30747 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30748 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30749 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30750 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30751 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30752 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30753 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30754 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30755
30756 Limitations:
30757 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30758 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30759 not (yet) supported.
30760 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30761 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30762 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30763
30764
30765 PROJECTS:
30766 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30767 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30768 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30769 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30770 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30771 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30772 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30773 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30774
30775 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30776 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30777 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30778 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30779 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30780 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30781 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30782 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30783 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30784 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30785 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30786
30787
30788 SPECIAL MENUES:
30789 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30790 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30791 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30792 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30793 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30794 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30795 current directory for VHDL source files.
30796
30797
30798 VHDL STANDARDS:
30799 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30800 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30801
30802
30803 KEYWORD CASE:
30804 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30805 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30806 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30807 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30808 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30809 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30810 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30811 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30812
30813
30814 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30815 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30816 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30817 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30818 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30819 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30820 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30821
30822 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30823 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30824 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30825 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30826 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30827 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30828
30829 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30830 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30831 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30832 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30833 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30834 visually.
30835
30836 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30837 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30838 highlighted if written in lower case.
30839
30840 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30841 highlighted using a different background color if option
30842 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30843
30844 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30845 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
30846 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30847 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30848 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30849
30850
30851 USER MODELS:
30852 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30853 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30854 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30855
30856
30857 HIDE/SHOW:
30858 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30859 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30860 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30861 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30862 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30863
30864
30865 CODE UPDATING:
30866 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30867 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30868 Limitations:
30869 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30870 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30871 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30872 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30873 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30874 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30875 (used to obtain the port names).
30876 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30877 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30878 sensitivity lists.
30879
30880
30881 CODE FIXING:
30882 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30883 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30884
30885
30886 PRINTING:
30887 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30888 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30889 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30890 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30891 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30892 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30893 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30894 printers.
30895
30896
30897 OPTIONS:
30898 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30899 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30900 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30901 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30902 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30903
30904 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30905 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
30906 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30907 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30908 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30909 INSTALL file).
30910
30911 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30912 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
30913
30914
30915 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30916 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30917 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30918 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30919
30920 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30921
30922
30923 HINTS:
30924 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30925 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30926
30927 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30928
30929 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30930
30931 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30932
30933
30934 RELEASE NOTES:
30935 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30936
30937
30938 Maintenance:
30939 ------------
30940
30941 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
30942 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30943
30944 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30945
30946 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30947 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30948 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30949 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30950
30951 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30952 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30953 where the latest version can be found.
30954
30955
30956 Known problems:
30957 ---------------
30958
30959 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30960 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30961 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30962 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30963
30964
30965 The VHDL Mode Authors
30966 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30967
30968 Key bindings:
30969 -------------
30970
30971 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30972
30973 \(fn)" t nil)
30974
30975 ;;;***
30976 \f
30977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
30978 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
30979 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30980
30981 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30982 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30983
30984 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30985
30986 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30987 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30988 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30989 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30990
30991 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30992
30993 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30994 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30995
30996 \(fn)" t nil)
30997
30998 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30999 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31000 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31001 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31002
31003 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31004
31005 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31006 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31007
31008 \(fn)" t nil)
31009
31010 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31011
31012
31013 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31014
31015 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31016
31017
31018 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31019
31020 ;;;***
31021 \f
31022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31023 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31024
31025 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31026 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31027 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31028
31029 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31030
31031 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31032 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31033 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31034 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31035
31036 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31037
31038 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31039 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31040
31041 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31042
31043 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31044 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31045 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31046 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31047 moving around in the buffer.
31048 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31049 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31050
31051 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31052
31053 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31054
31055 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31056 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31057 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31058 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31059
31060 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31061 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31062 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31063 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31064 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31065
31066 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31067
31068 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31069
31070 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31071 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31072 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31073 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31074 buffer.
31075
31076 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31077 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31078 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31079 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31080 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31081
31082 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31083
31084 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31085
31086 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31087 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31088 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31089 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31090 moving around in the buffer.
31091 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31092 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31093
31094 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31095
31096 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31097 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31098 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31099
31100 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31101 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31102 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31103 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31104
31105 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31106 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31107 own View-like bindings.
31108
31109 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31110
31111 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31112 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31113 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31114 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31115 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31116 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31117 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31118
31119 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31120
31121 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31122
31123 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31124 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31125 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31126
31127 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31128 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31129 own View-like bindings.
31130
31131 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31132
31133 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31134 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31135 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31136 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31137 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31138 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31139 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31140
31141 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31142
31143 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31144
31145 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31146 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31147 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31148
31149 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31150 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31151 own View-like bindings.
31152
31153 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31154
31155 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31156 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31157 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31158 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31159 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31160
31161 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31162 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31163 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31164 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31165
31166 \\<view-mode-map>
31167
31168 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31169 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31170 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31171 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31172 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31173 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31174 to a repeat count of one.
31175
31176 H, h, ? This message.
31177 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31178 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31179 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31180 > move to the end of buffer.
31181 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31182 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31183 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31184 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31185 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31186 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31187 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31188 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31189 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31190 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31191 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31192 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31193 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31194 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31195 Use this to view a changing file.
31196 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31197 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31198 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31199 . set the mark.
31200 x exchanges point and mark.
31201 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31202 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31203 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31204 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31205 ' go to position saved in character register.
31206 s do forward incremental search.
31207 r do reverse incremental search.
31208 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31209 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31210 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31211 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31212 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31213 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31214 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31215 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31216 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31217 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31218 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31219 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31220 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31221 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31222 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31223 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31224 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31225
31226 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31227 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31228 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31229 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31230 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31231 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31232 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31233 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31234 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31235
31236 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31237
31238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31239
31240 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31241 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31242 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31243 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31244 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31245 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31246 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31247 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31248 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31249
31250 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31251
31252 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31253
31254 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31255 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31256 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31257 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31258 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31259 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31260
31261 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31262 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31263 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31264
31265 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31266
31267 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31268
31269 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31270
31271 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31272 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31273
31274 \(fn)" t nil)
31275
31276 ;;;***
31277 \f
31278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22011 58553 461858
31279 ;;;;;; 469000))
31280 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31281 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31282
31283 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31284 Toggle Viper on/off.
31285 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31286
31287 \(fn)" t nil)
31288
31289 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31290 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31291
31292 \(fn)" t nil)
31293
31294 ;;;***
31295 \f
31296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21986
31297 ;;;;;; 55346 260512 613000))
31298 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31299
31300 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31301 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31302 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31303 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31304 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31305 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31306 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31307 the beginning of the warning.")
31308
31309 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31310 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31311 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31312 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31313 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31314 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31315 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31316 also call that function before the next warning.")
31317
31318 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31319 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31320
31321 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31322 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31323 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31324 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31325
31326 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31327 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31328 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31329 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31330 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31331 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31332
31333 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31334 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31335 Default is :warning.
31336
31337 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31338 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31339 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31340 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31341 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31342 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31343
31344 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31345 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31346 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31347
31348 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31349
31350 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31351 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31352
31353 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31354
31355 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31356 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31357 \\<special-mode-map>
31358 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31359 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31360
31361 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31362 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31363 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31364 can be whatever you like.)
31365
31366 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31367 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31368
31369 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31370 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31371 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31372 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31373 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31374
31375 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31376
31377 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31378 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31379 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31380 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31381 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31382
31383 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31384
31385 ;;;***
31386 \f
31387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22026 25907 675502 692000))
31388 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31389 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31390
31391 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31392 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31393 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31394 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31395 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31396 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31397 directories to reflect your edits.
31398
31399 See `wdired-mode'.
31400
31401 \(fn)" t nil)
31402
31403 ;;;***
31404 \f
31405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31406 ;;;;;; 720000))
31407 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31408
31409 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31410 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31411
31412 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31413 hotlist.
31414
31415 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31416 <nwv@acm.org>.
31417
31418 \(fn)" t nil)
31419
31420 ;;;***
31421 \f
31422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21986
31423 ;;;;;; 55346 292512 613000))
31424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31425 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31426 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31427
31428 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31429
31430 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31431 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31432 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31435 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31436
31437 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31438
31439 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31440 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31441 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31442 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31443 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31444
31445 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31446 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31447 in certain major modes.
31448
31449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31450
31451 ;;;***
31452 \f
31453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22026 25907 675502
31454 ;;;;;; 692000))
31455 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31456 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31457
31458 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31459 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31460 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31461 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31462 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31463
31464 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31465 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31466
31467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31468
31469 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31470 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31471 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31472 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31473 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31474
31475 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31476 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31477 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31478 use `whitespace-mode'.
31479
31480 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31481
31482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31483
31484 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31485 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31486 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31488 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31489 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31490
31491 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31492
31493 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31494 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31495 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31496 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31497 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31498
31499 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31500 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31501
31502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31503
31504 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31505 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31506 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31508 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31509 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31510
31511 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31512
31513 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31514 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31516 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31517 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31518
31519 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31520 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31521 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31522 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31523
31524 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31525
31526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31527
31528 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31529 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31530
31531 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31532 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31533
31534 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31535 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31536
31537 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31538
31539 CHAR MEANING
31540 (VIA FACES)
31541 f toggle face visualization
31542 t toggle TAB visualization
31543 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31544 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31545 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31546 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31547 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31548 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31549 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31550 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31551 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31552 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31553 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31554 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31555 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31556 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31557 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31558 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31559
31560 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31561 T toggle TAB visualization
31562 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31563 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31564
31565 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31566 ? display brief help
31567
31568 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31569 The valid symbols are:
31570
31571 face toggle face visualization
31572 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31573 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31574 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31575 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31576 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31577 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31578 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31579 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31580 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31581 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31582 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31583 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31584 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31585 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31586 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31587 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31588 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31589
31590 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31591 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31592 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31593
31594 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31595
31596 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31597
31598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31599
31600 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31601 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31602
31603 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31604 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31605
31606 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31607 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31608
31609 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31610
31611 CHAR MEANING
31612 (VIA FACES)
31613 f toggle face visualization
31614 t toggle TAB visualization
31615 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31616 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31617 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31618 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31619 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31620 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31621 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31622 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31623 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31624 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31625 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31626 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31627 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31628 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31629 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31630 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31631
31632 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31633 T toggle TAB visualization
31634 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31635 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31636
31637 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31638 ? display brief help
31639
31640 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31641 The valid symbols are:
31642
31643 face toggle face visualization
31644 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31645 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31646 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31647 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31648 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31649 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31650 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31651 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31652 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31653 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31654 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31655 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31656 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31657 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31658 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31659 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31660 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31661
31662 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31663 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31664 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31665
31666 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31667
31668 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31669
31670 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31671
31672 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31673 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31674
31675 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31676 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31677 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31678 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31679 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31680
31681 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31682
31683 The problems cleaned up are:
31684
31685 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31686 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31687 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31688 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31689
31690 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31691 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31692 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31693 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31694 SPACEs.
31695 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31696 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31697 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31698 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31699
31700 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31701 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31702 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31703 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31704 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31705 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31706 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31707 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31708
31709 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31710 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31711 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31712
31713 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31714 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31715 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31716 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31717 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31718 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31719 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31720 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31721
31722 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31723 documentation.
31724
31725 \(fn)" t nil)
31726
31727 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31728 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31729
31730 The problems cleaned up are:
31731
31732 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31733 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31734 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31735 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31736 SPACEs.
31737 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31738 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31739 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31740 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31741
31742 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31743 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31744 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31745 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31746 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31747 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31748 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31749 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31750
31751 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31752 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31753 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31754
31755 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31756 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31757 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31758 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31759 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31760 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31761 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31762 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31763
31764 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31765 documentation.
31766
31767 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31768
31769 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31770 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31771
31772 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31773
31774 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31775
31776 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31777 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31778
31779 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31780 non-nil.
31781
31782 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31783 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31784 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31785
31786 empty
31787 trailing
31788 indentation
31789 space-before-tab
31790 space-after-tab
31791
31792 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31793 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31794 report problems.
31795
31796 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31797
31798 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31799 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31800 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31801 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31802 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31803 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31804 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31805
31806 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31807 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31808 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31809 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31810 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31811 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31812 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31813
31814 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31815 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31816 cleaning up these problems.
31817
31818 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31819
31820 ;;;***
31821 \f
31822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31823 ;;;;;; 586000))
31824 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31825
31826 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31827 Browse the widget under point.
31828
31829 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31830
31831 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31832 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31833
31834 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31835
31836 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31837 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31838
31839 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31840
31841 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31842 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31843 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31844 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31845 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31846
31847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31848
31849 ;;;***
31850 \f
31851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22003 64432 668146
31852 ;;;;;; 533000))
31853 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31854
31855 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31856 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31857
31858 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31859
31860 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31861 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31862 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31863
31864 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31865
31866 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31867 Create widget of TYPE.
31868 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31869
31870 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31871
31872 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31873 Delete WIDGET.
31874
31875 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31876
31877 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31878 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31879
31880 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31881
31882 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31883 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31884 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31885 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31886
31887 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31888 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31889
31890 \(fn)" nil nil)
31891
31892 ;;;***
31893 \f
31894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21852 24382 97237
31895 ;;;;;; 703000))
31896 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31897
31898 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31899 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31900 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31901 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31902 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31903 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31904 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31905
31906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31907
31908 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31909 Select the window above the current one.
31910 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31911 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31912 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31913 negative ARG) of the current window.
31914 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31915
31916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31917
31918 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31919 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31920 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31921 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31922 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31923 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31924 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31925
31926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31927
31928 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31929 Select the window below the current one.
31930 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31931 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31932 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31933 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31934 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31935
31936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31937
31938 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31939 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31940 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31941 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31942
31943 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31944
31945 ;;;***
31946 \f
31947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22030 22953 17158 467000))
31948 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31949
31950 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31951 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31952 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31954 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31955 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31956
31957 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31958
31959 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31960 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31961 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31962 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31963 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31964 \\{winner-mode-map}
31965
31966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31967
31968 ;;;***
31969 \f
31970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22026 25907 679502 692000))
31971 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31972 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31973
31974 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31975 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31976 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31977 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31978 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31979
31980 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31981
31982 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31983 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31984 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31985 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31986 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31987 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31988 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31989 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31990
31991 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31992 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31993
31994 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31995
31996 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31997 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31998
31999 \(fn)" t nil)
32000
32001 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32002 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32003 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32004 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32005 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32006 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32007 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32008 `woman' command for further details.
32009
32010 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32011
32012 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32013 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32014
32015 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32016
32017 ;;;***
32018 \f
32019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21974 64192 720009 993000))
32020 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32021
32022 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32023 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32024 Return the top node with all its children.
32025 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32026
32027 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32028 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32029 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32030
32031 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32032
32033 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32034 namespace to URIs instead.
32035
32036 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32037 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32038
32039 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32040
32041 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32042
32043 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32044
32045 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32046 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32047 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32048 not contain well-formed XML.
32049
32050 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32051 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32052 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32053 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32054 element of the list.
32055 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32056 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32057 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32058
32059 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32060
32061 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32062 namespace to URIs instead.
32063
32064 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32065 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32066
32067 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32068
32069 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32070
32071 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32072
32073 ;;;***
32074 \f
32075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
32076 ;;;;;; 720000))
32077 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32078
32079 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32080 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32081 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32082 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32083 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32084 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32085 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32086 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32087 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32088 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32089
32090 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32091
32092 ;;;***
32093 \f
32094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21993 28596 366597
32095 ;;;;;; 473000))
32096 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32097
32098 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32099 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32100
32101 \(fn)" t nil)
32102
32103 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32104 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32105
32106 \(fn)" nil nil)
32107
32108 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32109 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32110 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32111 prompt for it.
32112
32113 If the backend has sufficient information to determine a unique
32114 definition for IDENTIFIER, it returns only that definition. If
32115 there are multiple possible definitions, it returns all of them.
32116
32117 If the backend returns one definition, jump to it; otherwise,
32118 display the list in a buffer.
32119
32120 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32121
32122 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32123 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32124
32125 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32126
32127 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32128 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32129
32130 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32131
32132 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32133 Find references to the identifier at point.
32134 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32135
32136 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32137
32138 (autoload 'xref-find-regexp "xref" "\
32139 Find all matches for REGEXP.
32140 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
32141 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
32142
32143 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32144
32145 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32146 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32147 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32148
32149 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32150 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32151 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32152 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32153 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32154 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32155 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32156
32157 ;;;***
32158 \f
32159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21852 24382 117243
32160 ;;;;;; 951000))
32161 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32162
32163 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32164 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32165 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32166 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32167 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32168 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32169
32170 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32171
32172 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32173 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32174 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32175 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32176 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32177
32178 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32179 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32180 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32181 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32182 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32183 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32184
32185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32186
32187 ;;;***
32188 \f
32189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32191
32192 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32193 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32194
32195 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32196
32197 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32198 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32199
32200 \(fn)" nil nil)
32201
32202 ;;;***
32203 \f
32204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32205 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32206
32207 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32208 Zone out, completely.
32209
32210 \(fn)" t nil)
32211
32212 ;;;***
32213 \f
32214 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charscript.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22069 63623 894804 836000))
32428
32429 ;;;***
32430 \f
32431 (provide 'loaddefs)
32432 ;; Local Variables:
32433 ;; version-control: never
32434 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32435 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32436 ;; coding: utf-8
32437 ;; End:
32438 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here